WO2021254433A1 - Method and apparatus for controlling leaving network, and communication device - Google Patents

Method and apparatus for controlling leaving network, and communication device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021254433A1
WO2021254433A1 PCT/CN2021/100595 CN2021100595W WO2021254433A1 WO 2021254433 A1 WO2021254433 A1 WO 2021254433A1 CN 2021100595 W CN2021100595 W CN 2021100595W WO 2021254433 A1 WO2021254433 A1 WO 2021254433A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
terminal
network
information
time
connection
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/100595
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
柯小婉
Original Assignee
维沃移动通信有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 维沃移动通信有限公司 filed Critical 维沃移动通信有限公司
Publication of WO2021254433A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021254433A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/0005Control or signalling for completing the hand-off
    • H04W36/0011Control or signalling for completing the hand-off for data sessions of end-to-end connection
    • H04W36/0033Control or signalling for completing the hand-off for data sessions of end-to-end connection with transfer of context information
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/0005Control or signalling for completing the hand-off
    • H04W36/0055Transmission or use of information for re-establishing the radio link

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a method, device and communication device for controlling leaving the network.
  • the communication equipment (for example: terminal) mainly communicates through the connection with the network.
  • the communication device may need to leave the network in some scenarios.
  • the current way for the terminal to leave the network is to leave the network directly. In this way, the way of leaving the network directly may affect the service transmission of the communication device, resulting in poor service performance of the communication device.
  • the present application provides a control method, device and communication device for leaving the network, which can solve the problem of relatively poor service performance of the communication device.
  • the present application provides a method for controlling leaving the network, which is applied to a first communication device, including:
  • first information includes at least one of the following: the first time, the instruction information of keeping the connection, the instruction information of the leave mode, the configuration information of the connection suspension, the release configuration information of the suspension instruction, the data processing information Indication information and second leaving indication information, where the second leaving indication information is used to instruct the terminal to leave the first network;
  • the first operation includes at least one of the following: maintaining the terminal in a connected state, maintaining the connection between the terminal and the first network, buffering or discarding uplink data, stopping a scheduling request for uplink data, and stopping uplink data transmission.
  • this application provides a method for controlling leaving the network, which is applied to a second communication device, and includes:
  • the second information includes at least one of the following: a second time, indication information to leave the network, indication information requesting to maintain a connection, and indication information requesting data processing;
  • the second operation includes at least one of the following:
  • the third operation includes at least one of the following:
  • the first information includes at least one of the following: the first time, the instruction information of keeping the connection, the instruction information of the leaving mode, the configuration information of the connection suspension, the release configuration information of the suspension instruction, and the instruction information of data processing;
  • the third information includes at least one of the following: the first time, the instruction information of keeping the connection, the instruction information of the leaving mode, the second instruction information of leaving, and the instruction information of data processing.
  • this application provides a method for controlling leaving the network, which is applied to a third communication device, and includes:
  • the third information includes at least one of the following: the first time, the instruction information of keeping the connection, the instruction information of the leaving mode, the second instruction information of leaving, and the instruction information of data processing.
  • the fifth operation includes at least one of the following:
  • the sixth operation includes at least one of the following:
  • the present application provides a device for controlling leaving the network.
  • the device is applied to a first communication device and includes:
  • the acquiring module is configured to acquire first information, the first information including at least one of the following: the first time, the instruction information of keeping the connection, the instruction information of the leaving mode, the configuration information of the connection suspension, and the release with the suspension instruction Configuration information, data processing instruction information, and second leaving instruction information, where the second leaving instruction information is used to instruct the terminal to leave the first network;
  • the execution module is used to execute the first operation within the first time when the terminal leaves the first network
  • the first operation includes at least one of the following: maintaining the terminal in a connected state, maintaining the connection between the terminal and the first network, buffering or discarding uplink data, stopping a scheduling request for uplink data, and stopping uplink data transmission.
  • the present application provides a device for controlling leaving the network.
  • the device is applied to a second communication device and includes:
  • the first obtaining module is configured to obtain second information, where the second information includes at least one of the following: a second time, indication information to leave the network, indication information requesting to maintain a connection, and indication information requesting data processing;
  • the execution module is used to execute the second operation according to the acquired second information
  • the second operation includes at least one of the following:
  • the third operation includes at least one of the following:
  • the first information includes at least one of the following: the first time, the instruction information of keeping the connection, the instruction information of the leave mode, the configuration information of the connection suspension, the release configuration information with the suspension instruction, and the data processing instruction information;
  • the third information includes at least one of the following: the first time, the instruction information of keeping the connection, the instruction information of the leaving mode, the second instruction information of leaving, and the instruction information of data processing.
  • the present application provides a device for controlling leaving the network.
  • the device is applied to a second communication device and includes:
  • the first acquiring module is configured to acquire third information, the third information including at least one of the following: the first time, the instruction information of keeping the connection, the instruction information of the leaving method, the second instruction information of leaving, the instruction information of the data processing ;
  • the first execution module is configured to execute a fifth operation according to the third information
  • the fifth operation includes at least one of the following:
  • the sixth operation includes at least one of the following:
  • first information is acquired, and the first information includes at least one of the following: the first time, the instruction information of keeping the connection, the instruction information of the leaving mode, the configuration information of the connection suspension, and the release of the suspension instruction Configuration information and data processing instruction information; perform the first operation within the first time when the terminal leaves the first network; wherein, the first operation includes at least one of the following: keep the terminal in a connected state, keep the terminal connected to the first network Connect to the network, buffer or discard uplink data, stop scheduling requests for uplink data, and stop sending uplink data.
  • the present application can improve the service performance of the communication device.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a wireless communication system provided by an embodiment of this application;
  • FIG. 2 is a flowchart of a method for controlling leaving the network according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 3 is a flowchart of another method for controlling leaving the network according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 4 is a flowchart of another method for controlling leaving the network according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a method for controlling leaving the network according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of another method for controlling leaving the network according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of another method for controlling leaving the network according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of another method for controlling leaving the network according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 9 is a structural diagram of a control device leaving the network provided by this application.
  • FIG. 10 is a structural diagram of another control device that leaves the network provided by this application.
  • FIG. 11 is a structural diagram of another control device that leaves the network provided by this application.
  • FIG. 12 is a structural diagram of a communication device provided by this application.
  • words such as “exemplary” or “for example” are used as examples, illustrations, or illustrations. Any embodiment or design solution described as “exemplary” or “for example” in the embodiments of the present application should not be construed as being more preferable or advantageous than other embodiments or design solutions. To be precise, words such as “exemplary” or “for example” are used to present related concepts in a specific manner.
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • LTE-A Long Term Evolution-Advanced
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • TDMA Time Division Multiple Access
  • FDMA Frequency Division Multiple Access
  • OFDMA Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access
  • SC-FDMA Single-carrier Frequency-Division Multiple Access
  • system and “network” in the embodiments of the present application are often used interchangeably, and the described technology can be used for the aforementioned systems and radio technologies as well as other systems and radio technologies.
  • NR New Radio
  • the following description describes the New Radio (NR) system for illustrative purposes, and NR terminology is used in most of the description below, although these technologies can also be applied to applications other than NR system applications, such as the 6th generation ( 6th Generation, 6G) communication system.
  • 6G 6th Generation
  • a multi-card terminal is a device with two or more user identity module (Sucrier Idetity Module, SIM) cards.
  • SIM user identity module
  • the SIM card is an electronic SIM card or a physical SIM card. From the perspective of the network, the same terminal device and different SIM cards constitute different UEs.
  • the SIM cards in the multi-card terminal may belong to the same operator or different operators.
  • the wireless communication networks accessed by different SIM cards may be the same or different.
  • the SIM card may include one of the following: a SIM card, a Universal Subscriber Identity Module (USIM) card, and an embedded-SIM (Embedded-SIM, eSIM) card.
  • a SIM card may include one of the following: a SIM card, a Universal Subscriber Identity Module (USIM) card, and an embedded-SIM (Embedded-SIM, eSIM) card.
  • the SIM card can also be used as another name, such as directly called "card”, which is not restricted in this application.
  • the capabilities of the terminal may not support the simultaneous sending and receiving of service data of the networks corresponding to the two cards.
  • the terminal gives up the service data of card A and switches to the service data of card B.
  • the terminal can notify the departure of the network terminal of card A to save unnecessary network resource overhead.
  • the terminal and the card A network respectively release or suspend the link between the UE and the network.
  • the terminal needs to establish or restore the connection with the card A network.
  • the terminal wants to leave card A and switch to card B, for example, when answering a phone call from card B, the terminal leaves the first network (the network connected through card A).
  • the terminal can request to release or suspend the terminal and the first network.
  • the terminal may quickly return to the first network after leaving the first network. For example, after the user answers the call of card B, and finds that the call of card B is a nuisance call, he may hang up and return to card A immediately. At this time, the terminal needs to establish or restore the connection with the first network.
  • connection After the connection is released/suspended in a short period of time, the connection is established/resumed again, which results in redundant signaling overhead, which is not conducive to energy saving of the terminal, and the recovery of data transmission between the terminal and the first network also causes a long delay.
  • the terminal compares the importance of the services of card A and card B, thinks that the service of card B is more important, and leaves card A. But at the moment when the terminal leaves the card A network, more important service data may come on the card A network, but the terminal does not know it, and thus may miss the card A service.
  • connection retention time for example: connection survival time
  • the terminal can negotiate a connection retention time (for example: connection survival time) with the first network.
  • connection survival time for example: connection survival time
  • the terminal requests to leave the card A (the network connected through the card A)
  • the terminal and the card A do not immediately release/suspend the terminal connection, and still keep the terminal in the connected state with the first network, but suspend the data transmission.
  • the terminal returns a revoking leaving instruction before the connection retention time expires, the data transmission between the terminal and the first network is resumed. Otherwise, after the connection retention time expires, the first network and the terminal release or suspend the connection of the terminal.
  • the first network may not page the terminal within the connection maintaining time.
  • One solution to problem 2 is that, within the connection holding time when the terminal requests to leave the first network, the first network stops sending downlink data but can still send the service type information to which the downlink data belongs. Before the connection retention time expires, according to the service type information of the downlink data, the terminal finds that the service on the card A is more important, and can request the first network to withdraw and leave.
  • the connection control method, device, and communication equipment provided by the embodiments of this application can be applied to the network system shown in FIG. 1.
  • the network system shown in FIG. 1 includes: a terminal, a radio access network (RAN) network Yuan and core network (Core Network, CN) network elements.
  • RAN radio access network
  • CN core network
  • the communication device may include at least one of the following: a communication network element device and a terminal.
  • the communication network element may include at least one of the following: a core network network element and a radio access network network element.
  • the network element may be equivalent to the network element equipment.
  • the core network elements may include but are not limited to at least one of the following: core network equipment, core network nodes, core network functions, core network elements, mobility management entities (Mobility Management Entity, MME), access Mobility Management Function (Access Management Function, AMF), Session Management Function (Session Management Function, SMF), User Plane Function (UPF), Serving Gateway (SGW), PDN Gateway (PDN Gate Way, PDN) Gateway), Policy Control Function (PCF), Policy and Charging Rules Function (PCRF), GPRS Service Support Node (Serving GPRS Support Node, SGSN), Gateway GPRS Support Node (Gateway) GPRS Support Node, GGSN), Unified Data Management (UDM), Unified Data Repository (UDR), Home Subscriber Server (HSS), Application Function (AF), centralized Centralized network configuration (CNC).
  • MME Mobility Management Entity
  • AMF Access Management Function
  • Session Management Function Session Management Function
  • UPF User Plane Function
  • SGW Serving Gateway
  • PDN Gateway P
  • the radio access network element may include but is not limited to at least one of the following: radio access network equipment, radio access network node, radio access network function, radio access network unit, third-generation cooperation Partnership Project (Third Generation Partnership Project, 3GPP) radio access network, non-3GPP radio access network, centralized unit (CU), distributed unit (DU), base station, evolved Node B , ENB), 5G base station (gNB), radio network controller (Radio Network Controller, RNC), base station (NodeB), non-3GPP Inter Working Function (N3IWF), access control (Access Controller, AC) node, access point (Access Point, AP) device or wireless local area network (Wireless Local Area Networks, WLAN) node, N3IWF.
  • radio access network equipment radio access network node
  • radio access network function radio access network unit
  • radio access network unit third-generation cooperation Partnership Project (Third Generation Partnership Project, 3GPP) radio access network
  • non-3GPP radio access network centralized unit (CU), distributed unit (DU), base station, evolved Node B
  • the base station can be a base station (BTS, Base Transceiver Station) in the Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM) or Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA), or it can be a Broadband Code Division Multiple Access (BTS).
  • BTS Base Transceiver Station
  • GSM Global System for Mobile Communications
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • BTS Broadband Code Division Multiple Access
  • the base station (NodeB) in Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA) may also be an evolved base station (eNB or e-NodeB, evolutional NodeB) and 5G base station (gNB) in LTE, which is not limited in this embodiment of the application.
  • eNB evolved base station
  • gNB 5G base station
  • the UE is the terminal.
  • the terminal may include a relay supporting terminal function and/or a terminal supporting relay function.
  • the terminal can also be called a terminal device or a user terminal (UE).
  • the terminal can be a mobile phone, a tablet (Personal Computer), a laptop (Laptop Computer), a personal digital assistant (Personal Digital Assistant, PDA), Terminal-side devices such as Mobile Internet Device (MID), Wearable Device (Wearable Device), or in-vehicle device, it should be noted that the specific types of terminals are not limited in the embodiments of this application.
  • local release may mean that the terminal may release its connection with the network without waiting for response signaling from the network after the terminal requests to leave the network (UE leaving).
  • connection release may be reflected by connection release signaling.
  • connection release signaling does not carry the configuration information of connection suspension, and the connection release information with suspension and/or the release reason is reflected by the suspension. .
  • connection suspension may be embodied by carrying the connection suspension configuration information in the connection release signaling.
  • connection release with suspension may be embodied by the connection release information with suspension carried in the connection release signaling and/or the release reason is the suspension.
  • the configuration information for connection suspension may be referred to as RRC inactive configuration information, and may include at least one of the following: terminal identification (such as Resume ID, or RNTI), initiate RAN location update area (RAN-NotificationAreaInfo), period of periodic RAN location update (PeriodicRNAU-TimerValue), next hop connection count (Next Hop Chaining Count, NCC).
  • terminal identification such as Resume ID, or RNTI
  • RAN-NotificationAreaInfo initiate RAN location update area
  • Period of periodic RAN location update PeriodicRNAU-TimerValue
  • next hop connection count Next Hop Chaining Count
  • the release configuration information with a suspension indication includes: a terminal connection recovery identifier (such as a Resume ID).
  • the indication information of the leaving mode includes one of the following: release, suspension, and release with suspension indication.
  • the release may include an idle state (for example, setting the terminal to an inactive state).
  • the suspension may include an inactive state (for example, setting the terminal to an inactive state)
  • the release with a suspend indication may include an idle state without a suspend indication or an idle state with a terminal context reserved (for example, setting the terminal to an idle state but retaining the context of the terminal).
  • the indication information of the leaving mode may be embodied by carrying different information in the RRC release command.
  • the RRC release command contains the release reason and the release reason is suspension, which can be used to indicate the release with the suspension indication.
  • the RRC release command contains a release configuration with a suspend indication, which can be used to indicate a release with a suspend indication.
  • the RRC release command contains configuration information of connection suspension (also called inactive configuration information), which can be used to indicate suspension.
  • connection suspension also called inactive configuration information
  • the RRC release command can be used to indicate release.
  • the indication information of the leaving mode is included in one of the following messages: RRC messages other than RRC release commands, NAS messages, and UE-related messages between RAN and CN (such as S1 messages, N2 messages).
  • the instruction information for maintaining the connection and/or the instruction information for data processing is only valid under a third condition; wherein, the third condition includes one of the following: the terminal leaves the first condition One network time, the first time, the first time the terminal leaves the first network.
  • the instruction information requesting to keep the connection and/or the instruction information requesting data processing are only valid under a second condition; wherein, the second condition includes one of the following: terminal When leaving the first network, within the second time, and within the second time when the terminal leaves the first network.
  • the terminal leaving the first network includes one of the following: the terminal decides to leave the first network time, the terminal sends a leave request, a release request, a suspend request or the first leave indication information to the network, The network sends release, suspension, confirmation that the terminal can leave, and second leave indication information or release signaling to the terminal.
  • connection may be an abbreviation for the connection between the terminal and the network.
  • release may be an abbreviation for releasing the connection between the terminal and the network.
  • suspension may be an abbreviation for suspending the connection between the terminal and the network.
  • the inactive state includes the RRC inactive state.
  • the RRC inactive state corresponds to the connection management connection state.
  • the idle state includes the RRC idle state.
  • the RRC idle state corresponds to the connection management idle state.
  • connection between the terminal and the network includes at least one of the following: RRC connection and NAS layer connection.
  • obtaining can be understood as generating, obtaining from configuration, receiving, receiving after request, obtaining through self-learning, obtaining based on unreceived information, or obtaining after processing based on received information.
  • the details can be determined according to actual needs, which are not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • sending may include broadcasting, broadcasting in system messages, returning after responding to a request, sending dedicated signaling, etc.
  • the communication device may include at least one of the following: a communication network element and a terminal, where the communication network element may include at least one of the following: a core network element and a radio access network element.
  • the first information may be sent to the first network by being a radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) message or a non-access stratum NAS message.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the second information contained in the first network may be sent to the second information contained in the first network through an RRC message or a non-access-stratum (Non-Access-Stratum, NAS) message to obtain the second information.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • NAS Non-Access-Stratum
  • connection between the terminal and the first network includes at least one of the following: an RRC connection between the terminal and the first network, and a Connection Management (CM) connection between the terminal and the first network.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • CM Connection Management
  • the stopping of data scheduling for the terminal includes at least one of the following: stopping the uplink data scheduling for the terminal, and stopping the downlink data scheduling for the terminal.
  • the time is a duration or a cut-off time.
  • maintaining the connection between the terminal and the first network includes: maintaining the terminal in a connected state.
  • the connection includes an RRC connection.
  • Keeping the terminal in the connected state includes keeping the RRC connection of the terminal in the connected state.
  • the method and communication device provided in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to a wireless communication system.
  • the wireless communication system may be a fifth-generation mobile communication (Fifth-generation, 5G) system, or an evolved packet system (EPS), or a subsequent evolved communication system.
  • the wireless communication network in the embodiment of the present application may be a fifth-generation mobile communication network (Fifth-generation system, 5GS) or an LTE network.
  • FIG. 2 is a flowchart of a method for controlling leaving the network provided by the present application.
  • the method is applied to a first communication device.
  • the first communication device includes: a terminal (UE)
  • the first communication device includes but is not limited to one of the following, a core network network element, an access network network element, and the method includes:
  • Step 201 Acquire first information, where the first information includes at least one of the following: the first time, the indication information of keeping the connection, the indication information of the leaving mode, the configuration information of the connection suspension, the release configuration information of the suspension indication, Data processing instruction information and second leaving instruction information, where the second leaving instruction information is used to instruct the terminal to leave the first network;
  • Step 202 Perform a first operation within the first time when the terminal leaves the first network
  • the first operation includes at least one of the following: maintaining the terminal in a connected state, maintaining the connection between the terminal and the first network, buffering or discarding uplink data, stopping a scheduling request for uplink data, and stopping uplink data transmission.
  • the above-mentioned acquiring first information may be receiving first information sent by a network (such as a first network) device, for example: receiving first information sent by a core network element, or receiving an access network element The first message sent.
  • a network such as a first network
  • the first information sent by the receiving network device may be the first information sent by the network device according to the leave request of the terminal, or the first information sent by the network device to the terminal on its own initiative.
  • the above-mentioned first information may be sent through a radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) message or a non-access-stratum (Non-Access-Stratum, NAS) message (such as a registration acceptance message, or UE configuration update message) is sent.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • NAS non-access-stratum
  • the first information obtained above may be the first information generated by the terminal, obtained from the configuration, obtained through self-learning, obtained by derivation based on unreceived information, or obtained after processing based on the received information.
  • the second leave indication information may be indicated by connection release signaling (such as UE context release signaling or RRC connection release signaling).
  • the configuration information for connection suspension may include at least one of the following: terminal connection recovery identifier (such as Full I-RNTI, Short I-RNTI), initiating RAN location update area, period of periodic RAN location update, Next Hop Chaining Count (NCC).
  • terminal connection recovery identifier such as Full I-RNTI, Short I-RNTI
  • initiating RAN location update area such as Time Division Multiple Access (WMA)
  • period of periodic RAN location update such as Next Hop Chaining Count (NCC).
  • NCC Next Hop Chaining Count
  • the release configuration information with a suspension indication includes: a terminal connection recovery identifier (such as a Resume ID).
  • the first time includes one of the following:
  • the time that the terminal keeps the terminal in the connected state when it leaves the first network may also be the time that the terminal keeps the terminal in the connected state after it leaves the first network.
  • the terminal leaves the first network it keeps the terminal connected to the first network.
  • the time may also be the time for the terminal to keep the terminal connected to the first network after it leaves the first network.
  • the time that the terminal keeps the terminal in the connected state when it leaves the first network may be the time that the terminal continues to keep the terminal in the connected state after leaving the first network or the terminal decides to leave the first network.
  • the time for the terminal to maintain the connection with the first network when the terminal leaves the first network may be the time for the terminal to maintain the connection with the first network after the terminal leaves the first network or the terminal decides to leave the first network.
  • the keep-alive indication information is used to indicate one of the following:
  • the terminal is in the connected state during the first time the terminal leaves the first network
  • connection between the terminal and the first network is maintained for the first time when the terminal leaves the first network.
  • the above-mentioned keeping the terminal in the connected state when the terminal leaves the first network may be that the terminal continues to be in the connected state after the terminal executes to leave the first network or the terminal decides to leave the first network.
  • the above-mentioned maintaining the connection between the terminal and the first network when the terminal leaves the first network may be that the terminal continues to maintain the connection between the terminal and the first network after leaving the first network or the terminal decides to leave the first network.
  • the above-mentioned terminal being in the connected state during the first time when the terminal leaves the first network may be that the terminal executes to leave the first network or the terminal continues to be in the connected state for the first time after the terminal decides to leave the first network.
  • the above-mentioned maintaining the connection between the terminal and the first network within the first time when the terminal leaves the first network may be that the terminal executes leaving the first network or the terminal continues to maintain the terminal within the first time after the terminal decides to leave the first network Connection to the first network.
  • the data processing instruction information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
  • the maintaining of the terminal in the connected state included in the above-mentioned first operation may be: maintaining the terminal in the connected state during the above-mentioned first time.
  • maintaining the connection between the terminal and the first network included in the above-mentioned first operation may be maintaining the connection between the terminal and the first network within the above-mentioned first time.
  • the buffering or discarding of the uplink data included in the foregoing first operation may be: buffering or discarding the uplink data within the foregoing first time.
  • the scheduling request to stop the uplink data included in the first operation may be a scheduling request to stop the uplink data within the first time.
  • the stopping of uplink data transmission included in the foregoing first operation may be: stopping the transmission of uplink data within the foregoing first time period.
  • the first network can set the first time to temporarily maintain the connection between the terminal and the first network;
  • the terminal can quickly return to the first network without additional related signaling for establishing or restoring the connection.
  • the terminal and the network can release or suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network after the first time expires.
  • the network may send the terminal leaving the first network mode and related configuration to the terminal.
  • the first time expires and the connection between the terminal and the first network needs to be released or suspended, there is no need to trigger connection release or connection suspension related signaling.
  • the terminal and the network can locally release or suspend the terminal and the first network. The first network connection.
  • the method before the step of acquiring the first information, the method further includes: sending second information;
  • the second information includes at least one of the following: the second time, the first leaving instruction information, the instruction information requesting to keep the connection, the instruction information requesting data processing;
  • the second time includes at least one of the following:
  • the first leaving indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal requests to leave the first network;
  • the indication information requesting to keep the connection is used to indicate one of the following: request to keep the terminal in a connected state, request to keep the connection between the terminal and the first network;
  • the indication information for requesting data processing is used to indicate at least one of the following: requesting to stop data scheduling to the terminal, requesting to stop sending downlink data, and requesting to suspend data transmission between the terminal and the first network.
  • the terminal sends the second information to the network device of the first network, such as sending the second information to the network device through an RRC message or a NAS message.
  • the network device of the second network directly or indirectly returns the first information to the terminal.
  • the first time is equal to the second time.
  • the terminal determines the first time, and sends the determined first time to the first network.
  • the first network determines the first time, and sends the determined first time to the terminal.
  • the first network may determine the first time by itself, or determine the first time according to the second time provided by the terminal.
  • the indication information requesting to maintain the connection and/or the indication information requesting data processing is only valid under a second condition; wherein, the second condition includes one of the following: when the terminal leaves the first network, The second time is the second time when the terminal leaves the first network.
  • the instruction information for maintaining the connection and/or the instruction information for data processing is only valid under a third condition; wherein, the third condition includes one of the following: when the terminal leaves the first network, the first Time, the first time the terminal leaves the first network.
  • the request to keep the terminal in the connected state includes one of the following:
  • the request to maintain the connection between the terminal and the first network includes one of the following:
  • connection between the terminal and the first network be maintained after the data transmission between the terminal and the first network is suspended.
  • the request to stop data scheduling to the terminal includes one of the following:
  • the time for requesting to stop sending downlink data includes one of the following:
  • the request to suspend data transmission between the terminal and the first network includes one of the following:
  • the first time period when the terminal leaves the first network includes one of the following:
  • the terminal performs the above-mentioned first operation within a first time after receiving the first information.
  • the terminal performs the above-mentioned first operation within the first time after sending the second information.
  • the terminal performs the above-mentioned first operation within the first time after the target terminal receives the second information.
  • the target end may be a core network network element or an access network network element.
  • the start time point of the first time includes one of the following:
  • the time point when the target terminal receives the second information is the time point when the target terminal receives the second information.
  • the target end may be a core network network element or an access network network element.
  • the start time point of the second time includes one of the following:
  • the time point when the target terminal receives the second information is the time point when the target terminal receives the second information.
  • the target end may be a core network network element or an access network network element.
  • the indication information of the leaving mode includes one of the following: release, suspension, and release with suspension indication.
  • the release indicated by the indication information of the away mode may be a local release
  • the suspension indicated by the indication information of the away mode may be a local suspension
  • the first information includes configuration information of connection suspension, which may indicate that the indication information of the leave mode is suspension.
  • the first information includes release configuration information with a suspend indication and/or the indication information whose release reason is suspend and can represent a leave mode is release with a suspend indication.
  • the first information does not include the configuration information of the connection suspension
  • the release configuration information with the suspension indication and/or the release reason being suspension may indicate that the indication information of the leave mode is release.
  • the release includes at least one of the following:
  • the suspension includes one of the following:
  • the terminal context is preserved.
  • setting the terminal to the inactive state may be setting the terminal to the RRC inactive state.
  • the release with suspension indication includes at least one of the following:
  • the terminal context is preserved.
  • the first information further includes configuration information of connection suspension.
  • the terminal may perform the suspension of the connection between the terminal and the first network according to the configuration information of the suspension of the connection.
  • the first information further includes release configuration information with a suspend indication.
  • the terminal may perform the release of the connection between the terminal and the first network according to the above-mentioned release configuration information with the suspension indication, but retain the context of the terminal.
  • the release configuration information with a suspension indication includes: a terminal connection recovery identifier (such as a Resume ID).
  • the method further includes:
  • At least one of the following is performed according to the indication information of the leaving mode:
  • setting the terminal to the idle state may be to set the state of the terminal relative to the first network to the idle state.
  • setting the terminal to the inactive state may be setting the state of the terminal relative to the first network to the inactive state.
  • the method further includes:
  • sending the first information may be sending the first information to the first network (such as a core network element or an access network element) to request or notify the core network element or the access network element of the first network element.
  • the first network such as a core network element or an access network element
  • instruction information for maintaining connection instruction information for leaving mode, configuration information for connection suspension, release configuration information with suspension instruction, and instruction information for data processing.
  • the method further includes:
  • the difference between releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network and locally releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network is: releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network requires triggering related release signaling. The local release of the connection between the terminal and the first network does not need to trigger related release signaling.
  • the difference between the connection of the suspending terminal and the first network and the connection of the local suspending terminal and the first network is: suspending the connection of the terminal and the first network needs to trigger related configuration information carrying connection suspension Connection release signaling. If the connection between the terminal and the first network is suspended locally, there is no need to trigger related connection release signaling (such as RRC release signaling).
  • the network upon receiving the first leaving instruction information, the network sends to the terminal the connection suspension configuration information, the release configuration information with the suspension instruction, and/or the leaving mode instruction information. After receiving the information, the terminal does not immediately release or suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network, but waits for the first time to expire before releasing or suspending the connection between the terminal and the first network. Since both the terminal and the network have the indication information of the terminal's leaving mode and/or the configuration information of the connection suspension, it is not difficult to understand that the terminal and the network do not need to trigger the release or suspension related signaling, and can be released or suspended locally .
  • the method further includes:
  • Send fourth information where the fourth information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal withdraws from leaving the first network, requests to resume scheduling of terminal data, requests to resume sending downlink data, and requests to resume the terminal and the first network Data transmission, request to stop counting the first time.
  • sending the fourth information may be sending the fourth information to a core network element or an access network element to indicate at least one of the foregoing items. In this way, you can quickly withdraw from the first network.
  • the core network element or the access network element After the core network element or the access network element receives the fourth information, it may perform at least one of the following:
  • the fifth information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal withdraws from leaving the first network, resumes scheduling of terminal data, resumes sending downlink data, resumes data transmission between the terminal and the first network, and stops communicating with the first network. Time is counted, and the indication information of the third information or the indication information of the invalidity of the third information is deleted.
  • the sending fourth information includes:
  • the fourth information is sent, and the first condition includes: the first time has not expired.
  • the first condition may further include at least one of the following:
  • the service type to which the downlink data indicated by the first network belongs is more important than the service data of the second network
  • the user terminal revokes the decision to leave the first network.
  • the second network is a reason for the terminal to leave the first network, for example, to send and receive service data of the second network.
  • first information is acquired, and the first information includes at least one of the following: the first time, the instruction information of keeping the connection, the instruction information of the leaving mode, the configuration information of the connection suspension, the information with the suspension instruction Release configuration information and data processing instruction information; perform the first operation within the first time when the terminal leaves the first network; wherein, the first operation includes at least one of the following: keep the terminal in a connected state, keep the terminal connected to the first network A network connects, buffers or discards uplink data, stops scheduling requests for uplink data, and stops sending uplink data.
  • FIG. 3 is a flowchart of another method for controlling leaving the network according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method is applied to a second communication device, and the second communication device includes but is not limited to one of the following: core network element Equipment (such as MME, or AMF) or access network element equipment (such as eNB, or gNB), the method includes:
  • core network element Equipment such as MME, or AMF
  • access network element equipment such as eNB, or gNB
  • Step 301 Obtain second information, where the second information includes at least one of the following: a second time, instructions for leaving the network, instructions for requesting to maintain a connection, and instructions for requesting data processing;
  • Step 302 Perform a second operation according to the acquired second information
  • the second operation includes at least one of the following:
  • the third operation includes at least one of the following:
  • the first information includes at least one of the following: the first time, the instruction information of keeping the connection, the instruction information of the leave mode, the configuration information of the connection suspension, the release configuration information with the suspension instruction, and the data processing instruction information;
  • the third information includes at least one of the following: the first time, the instruction information of keeping the connection, the instruction information of the leaving mode, the second instruction information of leaving, and the instruction information of data processing.
  • the second leave indication information may be indicated by connection release signaling (such as UE context release signaling or RRC connection release signaling).
  • the third information includes: indication information of a leave mode.
  • the RAN network element device determines the connection suspension configuration information and/or the release configuration information with the suspension indication according to the indication information of the leave mode. For example, when the second information includes the indication information of the leave mode being suspended, the RAN network element device determines the configuration information of the connection suspension and sends it to the terminal. For example, when the second information contains the indication information of the leave mode as release with the suspension indication, the RAN network element device determines the release configuration information with the suspension indication and sends it to the terminal.
  • the third information includes: the first time. According to the third information, the RAN network element performs the third operation within the first time when the terminal leaves the first network.
  • the second information obtained above may be the second information sent by the receiving terminal, of course, it may also be generated by the second communication device, or obtained according to the configuration.
  • the second communication device is a RAN network element device, and the second communication device may obtain the second information from at least one of the following: a terminal, other RAN network element devices, and CN network element devices.
  • the second communication device is a CN network element device, and the second communication device may obtain the second information from at least one of the following: a terminal, other CN network element devices, and RAN network element devices.
  • the second communication device is a RAN network element device, and the second communication device sends the determined first information to at least one of the following: a terminal and other RAN network element devices.
  • the second communication device is a CN network element device, and the second communication device sends the determined first information to at least one of the following: a terminal, a RAN network element device, and other CN network element devices.
  • the foregoing sending of the first information may be sending the first information to the terminal through an RRC message or a NAS message.
  • the second communication device is a CN network element device, and the second communication device sends the third information to the RAN network element device.
  • the foregoing sending of the second information may be that when the second communication device is a CN network element device, after the CN network element device obtains the second information from the terminal, the CN network element device sends the RAN network element to the RAN network element. The device sends the second information obtained above.
  • the foregoing sending of the third information may be that, in a case where the second communication device is a core network element, the core network element sends the foregoing third information to the access network element.
  • performing the third operation during the first time when the terminal leaves the first network may be performed when the second communication device is an access network network element, and the access network network element leaves the first network when the terminal leaves the first network. Perform the third operation within the first time of the network.
  • the first time includes one of the following:
  • the second time includes at least one of the following:
  • the first leaving indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal requests to leave the first network.
  • the second leaving indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal leaves the first network.
  • the indication information requesting to maintain the connection and/or the indication information requesting data processing is only valid under a second condition; wherein, the second condition includes one of the following: when the terminal leaves the first network, The second time is the second time when the terminal leaves the first network.
  • the instruction information for maintaining the connection and/or the instruction information for data processing is only valid under a third condition; wherein, the third condition includes one of the following: when the terminal leaves the first network, the first Time, the first time the terminal leaves the first network.
  • the indication information requesting to keep the connection is used to indicate one of the following: requesting to keep the terminal in a connected state, and requesting to keep the connection between the terminal and the first network.
  • the request to keep the terminal in the connected state includes one of the following:
  • the request to maintain the connection between the terminal and the first network includes one of the following:
  • the instruction information requesting data processing is used to indicate at least one of the following:
  • Stop data scheduling for the terminal request to stop sending downlink data, and request to suspend data transmission between the terminal and the first network.
  • the keep-alive indication information is used to indicate one of the following: keep the terminal in a connected state, keep the terminal connected to the first network;
  • the keeping the terminal in the connected state includes one of the following:
  • the maintaining the connection between the terminal and the first network includes one of the following:
  • the instruction information requesting data processing is used to indicate at least one of the following:
  • Request to stop data scheduling to the terminal request to stop sending downlink data, and request to suspend data transmission between the terminal and the first network.
  • the request to stop the data scheduling of the terminal includes one of the following: stop the data scheduling of the terminal within the second time when the terminal leaves the first network, and stop the data scheduling to the terminal within the second time.
  • Data scheduling Stop data scheduling for the terminal when the terminal leaves the first network.
  • the time for requesting to stop sending downlink data includes one of the following: stopping sending downlink data within the second time when the terminal leaves the first network, stopping sending downlink data within the second time, and When the terminal leaves the first network, it stops sending downlink data.
  • the request to suspend the data transmission between the terminal and the first network includes one of the following: suspend the data transmission between the terminal and the first network within the second time when the terminal leaves the first network, Suspend the data transmission between the terminal and the first network within the second time, and suspend the data transmission between the terminal and the first network when the terminal leaves the first network.
  • the data processing instruction information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
  • Stop data scheduling for the terminal stop sending downlink data, and suspend data transmission between the terminal and the first network.
  • the stopping of data scheduling to the terminal includes one of the following: stopping the data scheduling to the terminal within the first time when the terminal leaves the first network, and stopping the data scheduling to the terminal within the first time Scheduling, stopping the data scheduling of the terminal when the terminal leaves the first network.
  • the time for stopping sending downlink data includes one of the following: stopping sending downlink data within the first time when the terminal leaves the first network, stopping sending downlink data within the first time, and Stop sending downlink data when leaving the first network.
  • the suspending of data transmission between the terminal and the first network includes one of the following: suspending the data transmission between the terminal and the first network within the first time when the terminal leaves the first network, Suspend the data transmission between the terminal and the first network for a period of time, and suspend the data transmission between the terminal and the first network when the terminal leaves the first network.
  • the second communication device uses the above-mentioned indication information requesting to keep the connection and the indication requesting data processing only when the terminal leaves the first network, within the first time, or within the first time when the terminal leaves the first network At least one of the information, the instruction information of maintaining the connection, and the instruction information of the data processing to perform the above-mentioned second operation.
  • the first time period when the terminal leaves the first network includes one of the following:
  • the above-mentioned target terminal may be an access network element.
  • the first time starting time point includes one of the following:
  • the start time of the second time includes one of the following:
  • the time point when the terminal leaves the first network and the time point when the second information is received is received.
  • the indication information of the leaving mode includes one of the following: release, suspension, and release with suspension indication.
  • the release includes at least one of the following:
  • the suspension includes one of the following:
  • the terminal context is preserved.
  • the release with suspension indication includes at least one of the following:
  • the terminal context is preserved.
  • the first information further includes configuration information of connection suspension.
  • connection suspension The configuration information of connection suspension is specifically described in the embodiment in FIG. 2 and will not be repeated here.
  • the first information further includes release configuration information with a suspend indication.
  • the release configuration information with the suspend indication is specifically described in the embodiment of FIG. 2 and will not be repeated here.
  • the method further includes:
  • At least one of the following is performed according to the indication information of the leaving mode:
  • setting the terminal to the idle state may be to set the state of the terminal relative to the first network to the idle state.
  • setting the terminal to the inactive state may be setting the state of the terminal relative to the first network to the inactive state.
  • the method further includes:
  • the releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network includes sending a release command (such as a UE context release command) for releasing the connection between the CN and the RAN regarding the terminal.
  • a release command such as a UE context release command
  • the CN network element device may send a UE context release command to the RAN network element device.
  • the difference between releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network and locally releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network is that releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network requires triggering related release signaling.
  • the local release of the connection between the terminal and the first network does not need to trigger related release signaling.
  • the difference between the connection of the suspending terminal and the first network and the connection of the local suspending terminal and the first network is: suspending the connection of the terminal and the first network needs to trigger the relevant portable connection connection suspension Release signaling of the configuration information from the start. If the connection between the terminal and the first network is suspended locally, there is no need to trigger related release signaling.
  • the difference between releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network but saving the context of the terminal and locally releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network but saving the context of the terminal is: releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network but Saving the context of the terminal needs to trigger the related release signaling carrying the release configuration with the suspension indication. Locally releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network but saving the context of the terminal does not need to trigger related release signaling.
  • the network upon receiving the first leaving instruction information, the network sends to the terminal the connection suspension configuration information, the release configuration information with the suspension instruction, and/or the leaving mode instruction information.
  • the terminal After receiving the information, the terminal does not immediately release or suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network, but waits for the first time to expire before releasing or suspending the connection between the terminal and the first network. Since both the terminal and the network have the indication information of the terminal's leaving mode, the release configuration information with the suspension indication and/or the configuration information of the connection suspension, it is not difficult to understand that the terminal and the network do not need to trigger the release or suspension. Signaling, which can be released or suspended locally
  • the method further includes:
  • the fourth information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal withdraws from the first network, requests to resume scheduling of terminal data, requests to resume sending downlink data, and requests to resume the terminal and the first network Request to stop counting the first time.
  • the third information can be used to quickly withdraw from the first network.
  • the method further includes:
  • the fourth operation includes at least one of the following:
  • the fifth information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal withdraws from leaving the first network, resumes scheduling of terminal data, resumes sending downlink data, resumes data transmission between the terminal and the first network, and stops communicating with the first network. Time is counted, and the indication information of the third information or the indication information of the invalidity of the third information is deleted.
  • the second communication device is a CN network element device, and the second communication device sends the fifth information to the RAN network element device.
  • the above steps can be implemented to perform the second operation according to the acquired second information, which can avoid the terminal returning to the first network soon after leaving, causing redundant connection release/hanging and connection establishment/connection
  • the recovery process is generated to improve the service performance of the terminal.
  • the third communication device includes a RAN network element device (such as an eNB, or a gNB).
  • the third communication device includes but is not limited to one of the following: a CN network element device (such as MME, or AMF), and the method includes:
  • Step 401 Acquire third information, where the third information includes at least one of the following: a first time, instruction information to keep a connection, instruction information of a leaving mode, second instruction information of leaving, and data processing instruction information;
  • Step 402 Perform a fifth operation according to the third information
  • the fifth operation includes at least one of the following:
  • the sixth operation includes at least one of the following:
  • the third communication device is an access network element device, and the third communication device may obtain the third information from at least one of the following: other access network element devices and core network element devices.
  • the third information obtained above may be generated by the third communication device or obtained according to configuration.
  • the configuration information of the above connection suspension and the release configuration information with the suspension indication may refer to the corresponding descriptions of the embodiments shown in FIG. 2 and FIG. 3, which will not be repeated here.
  • the first time includes one of the following:
  • the keep-alive indication information is used to indicate one of the following: keep the terminal in a connected state, keep the terminal connected to the first network;
  • the keeping the terminal in the connected state includes one of the following:
  • the maintaining the connection between the terminal and the first network includes one of the following:
  • the second leaving indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal leaves the first network.
  • the second leave indication information may be indicated by connection release signaling (such as UE context release signaling or RRC connection release signaling).
  • the data processing instruction information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
  • Stop data scheduling for the terminal stop sending downlink data, and suspend data transmission between the terminal and the first network.
  • the stopping of data scheduling to the terminal includes one of the following:
  • the time for stopping sending downlink data includes one of the following:
  • the data transmission between the suspended terminal and the first network includes one of the following:
  • the instruction information for maintaining the connection and/or the instruction information for data processing is only valid under the third condition
  • the third condition includes one of the following:
  • the first time the terminal leaves the first network The first time the terminal leaves the first network.
  • the third communication device does not only follow the above-mentioned keep-alive instruction information and/or the data processing instruction when the terminal leaves the first network, within the first time, or when the terminal leaves the first network.
  • Information performs the fifth operation above.
  • the first time that the terminal leaves the first network includes one of the following: within the first time after receiving the third information; within the first time after sending the first information, in the target The first time after the terminal receives the first information.
  • the first time start time point includes one of the following: the time point when the terminal leaves the first network, the time point when the third information is received, the time point when the first information is sent, and the target terminal receives the first information Point in time.
  • the stopping sending downlink data includes one of the following:
  • the service type indication information described in the data may be included in control plane signaling (control plane signaling belongs to control plane data) and sent to the terminal, such as a notification message (Notification).
  • the data in the service type indication information to which the data belongs may be control plane data or user plane data, such as NAS-based short messages; and user plane data such as IMS voice.
  • the service type indication information of the IMS voice data may be IMS voice.
  • the service type indication information of the NAS-based short message may be a short message.
  • the indication information of the leaving mode includes one of the following: release, suspension, and release with suspension indication.
  • the release includes at least one of the following:
  • the suspension includes one of the following:
  • the terminal context is preserved.
  • the release with suspension indication includes at least one of the following:
  • the terminal context is preserved.
  • the release, suspend, and release with suspend indication indicated by the indication information of the above-mentioned leaving mode can refer to the corresponding description of the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 and FIG. 3, which will not be repeated here.
  • the first information further includes configuration information of connection suspension.
  • the first information further includes release configuration information with a suspend indication.
  • the fifth operation includes configuration information for determining the connection suspension for the terminal.
  • the fifth operation includes determining release configuration information with a suspend indication for the terminal.
  • connection suspension and the release configuration information with a suspension indication may refer to the corresponding descriptions of the embodiments shown in FIG. 2 and FIG. 3, which will not be repeated here.
  • the first information further includes release configuration information with a suspend indication
  • the method further includes:
  • At least one of the following is performed according to the indication information of the leaving mode:
  • the method further includes:
  • the method further includes:
  • the fourth information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal withdraws from the first network, requests to resume scheduling of terminal data, requests to resume sending downlink data, and requests to resume the terminal and the first network Data transmission, request to stop counting the first time.
  • the fourth information may be obtained by the terminal to receive the fourth information.
  • the fourth information obtained above may be obtained from one of the following: core network network elements, other access network network elements.
  • the method further includes:
  • the seventh operation includes at least one of the following:
  • the above-mentioned seventh operation can realize timely cancellation of the terminal's leaving the first network.
  • the method further includes:
  • the fifth information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal cancels leaving the first network, resumes scheduling of terminal data, resumes sending downlink data, resumes data transmission between the terminal and the first network , Stop counting the first time, delete the indication information of the third information or the indication information that the third information is invalid;
  • the eighth operation includes at least one of the following:
  • the fifth information obtained above may be received from a core network element.
  • performing the eighth operation according to the fifth information may be performing the eighth operation according to the fifth information within the first time when the terminal leaves the first network.
  • performing the eighth operation based on the fifth information may be performing the eighth operation based on the fifth information when the fourth condition is satisfied.
  • the fourth condition includes: the first time has not expired.
  • the first time is the embodiment of this application, which can be achieved through the above steps.
  • the eighth operation is performed, which can prevent the terminal from returning to the first network soon after leaving and causing redundant connection release/hanging and The connection establishment/connection restoration process is generated to improve the service performance of the terminal.
  • the above steps can be implemented.
  • the fifth operation is performed, which can avoid the unnecessary connection release/suspension and connection establishment/connection recovery process caused by the terminal returning to the first network soon after leaving. Generated to improve the service performance of the terminal.
  • Step 1 The UE sends a leave request to the RAN network element.
  • the leaving request includes second information.
  • the second information is as described in the embodiment of FIG. 2 or FIG. 3.
  • the RAN network element performs the second operation according to the acquired second information.
  • the details are described in the embodiment of FIG. 3.
  • Step 2 The RAN network element sends a leave response to the UE.
  • the leave response optionally includes the first information.
  • the first information is as described in the embodiment of FIG. 2 or FIG. 3.
  • the first information may include at least one of the following: indication information of a leave mode, and the indication information of the leave mode indicates a release and a first time;
  • the first information may include at least one of the following: indication information of a leave mode and the indication information of the leave mode indicates suspension, configuration information for connection suspension, and the first time;
  • the first information may include at least one of the following: indication information of a leave mode and the indication information of the leave mode indicates a release with a suspend indication, release configuration information with a suspend indication, and the first time;
  • step 2 the first time of the UE starts timing.
  • the UE network element performs the first operation, specifically as described in the embodiment in FIG. 2.
  • step 2 the first time of the RAN network element starts timing.
  • the RAN network element performs the third operation, as described in the embodiment in FIG. 3.
  • Step 3 the RAN network element sends the indication information of the service type to which the downlink data belongs to the UE.
  • Step 4 the UE sends fourth information to the RAN network element. .
  • the fourth information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal withdraws from leaving the first network, requests to resume scheduling of terminal data, requests to resume sending downlink data, requests to resume data transmission between the terminal and the first network, and stops Time the first time.
  • the UE determines to send the fourth information according to the indication information of the service type to which the downlink data belongs.
  • Step 5 In the case where the first time expires, perform at least one of the following according to the indication information of the leaving mode:
  • step 4 when step 4 is executed, step 5 will not be executed.
  • This embodiment can be seen in FIG. 6, as shown in FIG. 6, and includes the following steps:
  • Step 1 The UE sends a leave request to the CN network element.
  • the leaving request includes second information.
  • the second information is as described in the embodiment of FIG. 2 or FIG. 3.
  • the CN network element performs the second operation according to the acquired second information.
  • the details are as described in the embodiment of FIG. 3.
  • Step 2 The CN network element sends the third information to the RAN network element, and the third information is specifically described in the embodiment of FIG. 2 or FIG. 3.
  • the third information includes at least one of the following: second leaving instruction information, first time, leaving mode instruction information, maintaining connection instruction information, and data processing instruction information.
  • the RAN network element performs the fifth operation according to the acquired third information.
  • the details are as described in the embodiment of FIG. 4.
  • step 2 the first time of the CN network element starts timing.
  • the CN network element performs the third operation, as described in the embodiment in FIG. 3 in detail.
  • Step 3 The RAN network element sends the first information to the UE.
  • the first information is as described in the embodiment of FIG. 2 or FIG. 3.
  • the first information may include at least one of the following: indication information of a leave mode, and the indication information of the leave mode indicates a release and a first time;
  • the first information may include at least one of the following: indication information of a leave mode and the indication information of the leave mode indicates suspension, configuration information for connection suspension, and the first time;
  • the first information may include at least one of the following: indication information of a leave mode and the indication information of the leave mode indicates release with a suspend indication, release configuration information with a suspend indication, and the first time;
  • step 2 the UE's first time starts to count.
  • the UE network element performs the first operation, specifically as described in the embodiment in FIG. 2.
  • step 2 the first time of the RAN network element starts timing.
  • the RAN network element performs the sixth operation, as specifically described in the embodiment in FIG. 4.
  • Step 4 the RAN network element sends the indication information of the service type to which the downlink data belongs to the UE.
  • Step 5 the UE sends fourth information to the RAN network element. .
  • the fourth information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal withdraws from leaving the first network, requests to resume scheduling of terminal data, requests to resume sending downlink data, requests to resume data transmission between the terminal and the first network, and stops Time the first time.
  • the UE determines to send the fourth information according to the indication information of the service type to which the downlink data belongs.
  • Step 6 The CN network element determines the fifth information, and sends the determined fifth information to the RAN network element;
  • the fifth information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal withdraws from leaving the first network, resumes scheduling of terminal data, resumes sending downlink data, resumes data transmission between the terminal and the first network, and stops communicating with the first network. Time is counted, and the indication information of the third information or the indication information of the invalidity of the third information is deleted.
  • Step 7 in the case where the first time expires, perform at least one of the following according to the indication information of the leaving mode: setting the terminal to an idle state or setting the terminal to an inactive state;
  • step 7 will not be executed.
  • This embodiment can be seen in FIG. 7, as shown in FIG. 7, and includes the following steps:
  • Step 1 The UE sends a leave request to the CN network element.
  • the leaving request includes second information.
  • the second information is as described in the embodiment of FIG. 2 or FIG. 3.
  • the CN network element performs the second operation according to the acquired second information.
  • the details are described in the embodiment of FIG. 3.
  • Step 2 The CN network element sends the third information to the RAN network element.
  • the third information is specifically described in the embodiment of FIG. 2 or FIG. 3.
  • the third information includes at least one of the following: instruction information to maintain a connection, and instruction information to process data.
  • the RAN network element performs the fifth operation according to the acquired third information.
  • the details are as described in the embodiment of FIG. 4.
  • step 2 the first time of the CN network element starts timing.
  • the CN network element performs the third operation, as described in the embodiment in FIG. 3.
  • Step 3 The RAN network element sends the first information to the UE.
  • the first information is as described in the embodiment of FIG. 2 or FIG. 3.
  • the first information may include at least one of the following: indication information of a leave mode, and indication information of the leave mode indicating release, first time, indication information of maintaining connection, and indication information of data processing;
  • the first information may include at least one of the following: indication information of the leave mode and the indication information of the leave mode indicates suspension, configuration information of connection suspension, first time, indication information of keeping the connection, data Processing instructions;
  • the first information may include at least one of the following: indication information of a leave mode and the indication information of the leave mode indicates release with a suspend indication, release configuration information with a suspend indication, first time, hold Instructions for connection and data processing.
  • step 3 the UE's first time starts to count.
  • the UE network element performs the first operation, specifically as described in the embodiment in FIG. 2.
  • step 3 the first time of the RAN network element starts timing.
  • the RAN network element performs the sixth operation, as specifically described in the embodiment in FIG. 4.
  • Step 4 the UE sends fourth information to the CN network element. .
  • the fourth information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal withdraws from leaving the first network, requests to resume scheduling of terminal data, requests to resume sending downlink data, requests to resume data transmission between the terminal and the first network, and stops Time the first time.
  • the UE determines to send the fourth information according to the indication information of the service type to which the downlink data belongs.
  • Step 5 The CN network element determines fifth information, and sends the determined fifth information to the RAN network element;
  • the fifth information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal withdraws from leaving the first network, resumes scheduling of terminal data, resumes sending downlink data, resumes data transmission between the terminal and the first network, and stops communicating with the first network. Time is counted, and the indication information of the third information or the indication information of the invalidity of the third information is deleted.
  • Step 6 After the first time expires, the CN network element instructs the RAN network element to release the UE context;
  • Step 7 The RAN network element sends an RRC connection release to the UE, or the UE sends an RRC connection release to the RAN network element;
  • steps 6 and 7 are executed after the first time expires.
  • steps 4 and 5 when steps 4 and 5 are executed, steps 6 and 7 will not be executed.
  • This embodiment can be seen in FIG. 8, as shown in FIG. 8, and includes the following steps:
  • Step 1 The UE sends a leave request to the CN network element.
  • the leaving request includes second information.
  • the second information is as described in the embodiment of FIG. 2 or FIG. 3.
  • the CN network element performs the second operation according to the acquired second information.
  • the details are described in the embodiment of FIG. 3.
  • Step 2 The CN network element sends the third information to the RAN network element, and the third information is specifically described in the embodiment of FIG. 2 or FIG. 3.
  • the third information includes at least one of the following: second departure indication information.
  • the RAN network element performs the fifth operation according to the acquired third information.
  • the details are as described in the embodiment of FIG. 4.
  • step 2 the first time of the CN network element starts timing.
  • the CN network element performs the third operation, as described in the embodiment in FIG. 3.
  • Step 3 The RAN network element sends an RRC connection release command to the UE.
  • the RRC connection release command indicates at least one of the following: the first time, the configuration information of the connection suspension, and the release configuration information with the suspension indication.
  • the first information may include at least one of the following: the first time, the instruction information of keeping the connection, the instruction information of the data processing;
  • the first information may include at least one of the following: configuration information of suspension of connection, first time, indication information of maintaining connection, and indication information of data processing;
  • the first information may include at least one of the following: release configuration information with a suspend indication, the first time, the indication information of keeping the connection, and the indication information of the data processing.
  • Step 4 The UE sends the RRC connection release completion to the RAN network element.
  • step 3 or step 4 the UE's first time starts to count.
  • the UE network element performs the first operation, specifically as described in the embodiment in FIG. 2.
  • step 3 or step 4 the first time of the RAN network element starts timing.
  • the RAN network element performs the sixth operation, as specifically described in the embodiment of FIG. 4.
  • Step 5 the RAN network element sends the indication information of the service type to which the downlink data belongs to the UE.
  • Step 6 the UE sends fourth information to the CN network element. .
  • the fourth information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal withdraws from leaving the first network, requests to resume scheduling of terminal data, requests to resume sending downlink data, requests to resume data transmission between the terminal and the first network, and stops Time the first time.
  • the UE determines to send the fourth information according to the indication information of the service type to which the downlink data belongs.
  • Step 7 The CN network element determines the fifth information, and sends the determined fifth information to the RAN network element;
  • the fifth information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal withdraws from leaving the first network, resumes scheduling of terminal data, resumes sending downlink data, resumes data transmission between the terminal and the first network, and stops communicating with the first network. Time is counted, and the indication information of the third information or the indication information of the invalidity of the third information is deleted.
  • Step 8 the UE and the RAN perform the following according to the RRC release message and the information it carries (connection suspension configuration information and/or release configuration information with suspension indication) At least one:
  • step 8 will not be executed.
  • FIG. 9 is a structural diagram of a device for controlling leaving the network according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device is applied to a first communication device.
  • the device 900 for controlling leaving the network includes:
  • the acquiring module 901 is configured to acquire first information, and the first information includes at least one of the following: the first time, the instruction information of keeping the connection, the instruction information of the leaving mode, the configuration information of the connection suspension, the information with the suspension instruction Release configuration information, data processing instruction information, and second leave instruction information, where the second leave instruction information is used to instruct the terminal to leave the first network;
  • the execution module 902 is configured to execute the first operation within the first time when the terminal leaves the first network
  • the first operation includes at least one of the following: maintaining the terminal in a connected state, maintaining the connection between the terminal and the first network, buffering or discarding uplink data, stopping a scheduling request for uplink data, and stopping uplink data transmission.
  • the first time includes one of the following:
  • the keep-alive indication information is used to indicate one of the following:
  • the terminal is in the connected state during the first time the terminal leaves the first network
  • the data processing instruction information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
  • the instruction information for maintaining the connection and/or the instruction information for data processing is only valid under a third condition; wherein, the third condition includes one of the following: when the terminal leaves the first network, the first Time, the first time the terminal leaves the first network.
  • the device further includes:
  • the first sending module is used to send second information
  • the second information includes at least one of the following: the second time, the first leaving instruction information, the instruction information requesting to keep the connection, and the instruction information requesting data processing;
  • the second time includes at least one of the following:
  • the first leaving indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal requests to leave the first network;
  • the indication information requesting to maintain the connection is used to indicate one of the following: request to keep the terminal in a connected state, and request to keep the connection between the terminal and the first network;
  • the indication information for requesting data processing is used to indicate at least one of the following: requesting to stop data scheduling to the terminal, requesting to stop sending downlink data, and requesting to suspend data transmission between the terminal and the first network.
  • the indication information requesting to maintain the connection and/or the indication information requesting data processing is only valid under a second condition; wherein, the second condition includes one of the following: when the terminal leaves the first network, The second time is the second time when the terminal leaves the first network.
  • the first time that the terminal leaves the first network includes one of the following: within the first time after receiving the first information, within the first time after sending the second information, and within the target The first time after the terminal receives the second information;
  • the start time point of the first time includes one of the following: the time point when the terminal leaves the first network, the time point when the first information is received, the time point when the second information is sent, and the target terminal receives the second information.
  • the time point of the information includes one of the following: the time point when the terminal leaves the first network, the time point when the first information is received, the time point when the second information is sent, and the target terminal receives the second information.
  • the start time point of the second time includes one of the following: the time point when the terminal leaves the first network, the time point when the second information is sent, and the time point when the target terminal receives the second information.
  • the indication information of the leaving mode includes one of the following: release, suspend, and release with suspend indication.
  • the release includes at least one of the following:
  • the suspension includes one of the following:
  • the release with suspension indication includes at least one of the following:
  • the terminal context is preserved.
  • the first information further includes configuration information of connection suspension
  • the first information further includes release configuration information with a suspend.
  • the device further includes:
  • the first processing module is configured to perform at least one of the following according to the indication information of the leaving mode when the first time expires:
  • the device further includes:
  • the second sending module is used to send the first information.
  • the device further includes:
  • the second processing module is configured to perform at least one of the following when the first time expires:
  • the device further includes:
  • the third sending module is configured to send fourth information, where the fourth information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal cancels leaving the first network, requests to resume scheduling of terminal data, requests to resume sending downlink data, and requests to resume The data transmission between the terminal and the first network requests to stop counting the first time.
  • the sending fourth information includes:
  • the fourth information is sent, and the first condition includes: the first time has not expired.
  • the device for controlling leaving the network provided by the embodiment of the present application can implement each process in the method embodiment of FIG.
  • the device for controlling leaving the network in the embodiment of the present application may be a device, or a component, an integrated circuit, or a chip in the first communication device.
  • FIG. 10 is a structural diagram of a device for controlling leaving the network according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device is applied to a second communication device.
  • the device 1000 for controlling leaving the network includes:
  • the first acquisition module 1001 is configured to acquire second information, where the second information includes at least one of the following: a second time, instructions for leaving the network, instructions for requesting to maintain a connection, and instructions for requesting data processing;
  • the execution module 1002 is configured to execute a second operation according to the acquired second information
  • the second operation includes at least one of the following:
  • the third operation includes at least one of the following:
  • the first information includes at least one of the following: the first time, the instruction information of keeping the connection, the instruction information of the leave mode, the configuration information of the connection suspension, the release configuration information with the suspension instruction, and the data processing instruction information;
  • the third information includes at least one of the following: the first time, the instruction information of keeping the connection, the instruction information of the leaving mode, the second instruction information of leaving, and the instruction information of data processing.
  • the first time includes one of the following:
  • the second time includes at least one of the following:
  • the first leaving indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal requests to leave the first network;
  • the second leaving indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal leaves the first network;
  • the indication information requesting to keep the connection is used to indicate one of the following: request to keep the terminal in a connected state, request to keep the connection between the terminal and the first network;
  • the indication information of maintaining the connection is used to indicate one of the following: maintaining the terminal in a connected state, maintaining the connection between the terminal and the first network; and/or
  • the instruction information requesting data processing is used to indicate at least one of the following:
  • Stop data scheduling for the terminal request to stop sending downlink data, request to suspend data transmission between the terminal and the first network;
  • the data processing instruction information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
  • Stop data scheduling for the terminal stop sending downlink data, and suspend data transmission between the terminal and the first network.
  • the indication information requesting to maintain the connection and/or the indication information requesting data processing is only valid under a second condition; wherein, the second condition includes one of the following: when the terminal leaves the first network, Within the second time, within the second time when the terminal leaves the first network;
  • the instruction information for maintaining the connection and/or the instruction information for data processing is only valid under a third condition; wherein, the third condition includes one of the following: when the terminal leaves the first network, within the first time, the terminal Within the first time of leaving the first network.
  • the first time during which the terminal leaves the first network includes one of the following: during the first time after receiving the second information, during the first time after sending the first information, The first time after the third information, the first time after the target end receives the first information, and the first time after the target end receives the third information;
  • the first time start time point includes one of the following: the time point when the terminal leaves the first network, the time point when the second information is received, the time point when the first information is sent, the time point when the third information is sent, The time point when the target terminal receives the first information and the time point when the third information is sent;
  • the second time starting time point includes one of the following: the time point when the terminal leaves the first network, and the time point when the second information is received.
  • the indication information of the leaving mode includes one of the following: release, suspension, and release with suspension indication.
  • the release includes at least one of the following:
  • the suspension includes one of the following:
  • the release with suspension indication includes at least one of the following:
  • the terminal context is preserved.
  • the first information further includes configuration information of connection suspension
  • the first information further includes release configuration information with a suspend instruction.
  • the device further includes:
  • the first processing module is configured to perform at least one of the following according to the indication information of the leaving mode when the first time expires:
  • the device further includes:
  • the second processing module is configured to perform at least one of the following when the first time expires:
  • the device further includes:
  • the first acquiring module is configured to acquire fourth information, where the fourth information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal cancels leaving the first network, requests to resume scheduling of terminal data, requests to resume sending downlink data, and requests to resume The data transmission between the terminal and the first network requests to stop counting the first time.
  • the device further includes:
  • a third processing module configured to execute the fourth operation according to the fourth information when the first time has not expired
  • the fourth operation includes at least one of the following:
  • the fifth information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal withdraws from leaving the first network, resumes scheduling of terminal data, resumes sending downlink data, resumes data transmission between the terminal and the first network, and stops communicating with the first network. Time is counted, and the indication information of the third information or the indication information of the invalidity of the third information is deleted.
  • the device for controlling leaving the network provided in the embodiment of the present application can implement each process in the method embodiment of FIG.
  • the device for controlling leaving the network in the embodiment of the present application may be a device, or a component, an integrated circuit, or a chip in the second communication device.
  • FIG. 11 is a structural diagram of a control device leaving the network according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device is applied to a third communication device.
  • the control device 1100 leaving the network includes:
  • the first obtaining module 1101 is configured to obtain third information, the third information includes at least one of the following: the first time, the instruction information to keep the connection, the instruction information of the leaving method, the second instruction information of leaving, the instruction of data processing information;;
  • the first execution module 1102 is configured to execute a fifth operation according to the third information
  • the fifth operation includes at least one of the following:
  • the sixth operation includes at least one of the following:
  • the first time includes one of the following:
  • the indication information of maintaining the connection is used to indicate one of the following: maintaining the terminal in a connected state, and maintaining the connection between the terminal and the first network;
  • the second leaving indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal leaves the first network;
  • the data processing instruction information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
  • Stop data scheduling for the terminal stop sending downlink data, and suspend data transmission between the terminal and the first network.
  • the instruction information for maintaining the connection and/or the instruction information for data processing is only valid under the third condition
  • the third condition includes one of the following:
  • the first time the terminal leaves the first network The first time the terminal leaves the first network.
  • the first time that the terminal leaves the first network includes one of the following: within the first time after receiving the third information; within the first time after sending the first information, in the target The first time after the terminal receives the first information;
  • the first time start time point includes one of the following: the time point when the terminal leaves the first network, the time point when the third information is received, the time point when the first information is sent, and the time point when the target terminal receives the first information.
  • the indication information of the leaving mode includes one of the following: release, suspension, and release with suspension indication.
  • the release includes at least one of the following:
  • the suspension includes one of the following:
  • the release with suspension indication includes at least one of the following:
  • the terminal context is preserved.
  • the first information further includes configuration information of connection suspension
  • the fifth operation includes configuration information for determining the connection suspension for the terminal;
  • the first information further includes release configuration information with a suspend instruction
  • the fifth operation includes determining the release configuration information of the suspension instruction for the terminal.
  • the device further includes:
  • the second execution module is configured to execute at least one of the following according to the indication information of the leaving mode when the first time expires:
  • the device further includes:
  • the third execution module is configured to execute at least one of the following when the first time expires:
  • the device further includes:
  • the second acquiring module is configured to acquire fourth information, where the fourth information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal cancels leaving the first network, requests to resume scheduling of terminal data, requests to resume sending downlink data, and requests to resume The data transmission between the terminal and the first network requests to stop counting the first time.
  • the device further includes:
  • a fourth execution module configured to execute the seventh operation according to the fourth information when the first time has not expired
  • the seventh operation includes at least one of the following:
  • the device further includes:
  • the third acquiring module is configured to acquire fifth information, where the fifth information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal cancels leaving the first network, resumes scheduling of terminal data, resumes sending downlink data, and restores the terminal’s communication with the terminal. Said data transmission of the first network, stop counting the first time, delete the indication information of the third information or the indication information that the third information is invalid;
  • the fifth execution module is configured to execute the eighth operation according to the fifth information
  • the eighth operation includes at least one of the following:
  • the device for controlling leaving the network provided in the embodiment of the present application can implement each process in the method embodiment in FIG.
  • the device for controlling leaving the network in the embodiment of the present application may be a device, or a component, an integrated circuit, or a chip in the third communication device.
  • the communication device 1200 includes a memory 1201, a processor 1202, and a program or instruction 12011 that is stored on the memory 1201 and can run on the processor 1202.
  • first information includes at least one of the following: the first time, the instruction information of keeping the connection, the instruction information of the leave mode, the configuration information of the connection suspension, the release configuration information with the suspension instruction, and the data processing Indication information and second leaving indication information of, where the second leaving indication information is used to instruct the terminal to leave the first network;
  • the first operation includes at least one of the following: maintaining the terminal in a connected state, maintaining the connection between the terminal and the first network, buffering or discarding uplink data, stopping a scheduling request for uplink data, and stopping uplink data transmission.
  • the first time includes one of the following:
  • the keep-alive indication information is used to indicate one of the following:
  • the terminal is in the connected state during the first time the terminal leaves the first network
  • the data processing instruction information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
  • the instruction information for maintaining the connection and/or the instruction information for data processing is only valid under a third condition; wherein, the third condition includes one of the following: when the terminal leaves the first network, the first Time, the first time the terminal leaves the first network.
  • the second information includes at least one of the following: the second time, the first leaving instruction information, the instruction information requesting to keep the connection, and the instruction information requesting data processing;
  • the second time includes at least one of the following:
  • the first leaving indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal requests to leave the first network;
  • the indication information requesting to maintain the connection is used to indicate one of the following: request to keep the terminal in a connected state, and request to keep the connection between the terminal and the first network;
  • the indication information for requesting data processing is used to indicate at least one of the following: requesting to stop data scheduling to the terminal, requesting to stop sending downlink data, and requesting to suspend data transmission between the terminal and the first network.
  • the indication information requesting to maintain the connection and/or the indication information requesting data processing is only valid under a second condition; wherein, the second condition includes one of the following: when the terminal leaves the first network, The second time is the second time when the terminal leaves the first network.
  • the first time that the terminal leaves the first network includes one of the following: within the first time after receiving the first information, within the first time after sending the second information, and within the target The first time after the terminal receives the second information;
  • the start time point of the first time includes one of the following: the time point when the terminal leaves the first network, the time point when the first information is received, the time point when the second information is sent, and the target terminal receives the second information.
  • the time point of the information includes one of the following: the time point when the terminal leaves the first network, the time point when the first information is received, the time point when the second information is sent, and the target terminal receives the second information.
  • the start time point of the second time includes one of the following: the time point when the terminal leaves the first network, the time point when the second information is sent, and the time point when the target terminal receives the second information.
  • the indication information of the leaving mode includes one of the following: release, suspend, and release with suspend indication.
  • the release includes at least one of the following:
  • the suspension includes one of the following:
  • the release with suspension indication includes at least one of the following:
  • the terminal context is preserved.
  • the first information further includes configuration information of connection suspension

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Disclosed are a method and apparatus for controlling leaving a network, and a communication device. The method comprises: acquiring first information, wherein the first information comprises at least one of the following: a first time, connection-keeping indication information, leaving-manner indication information, connection-suspension configuration information, suspension-indication release configuration information, and data processing indication information; and executing a first operation within a first time when a terminal leaves a first network, wherein the first operation comprises at least one of the following: keeping the terminal in a connected state, keeping a connection between the terminal and the first network, caching or discarding uplink data, stopping a scheduling request for the uplink data, and stopping sending the uplink data.

Description

离开网络的控制方法、装置和通信设备Control method, device and communication equipment for leaving network
相关申请的交叉引用Cross-references to related applications
本申请主张在2020年6月19日在中国提交的中国专利申请号No.202010568659.2的优先权,其全部内容通过引用包含于此。This application claims the priority of Chinese Patent Application No. 202010568659.2 filed in China on June 19, 2020, the entire content of which is incorporated herein by reference.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种离开网络的控制方法、装置和通信设备。This application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a method, device and communication device for controlling leaving the network.
背景技术Background technique
通信设备(例如:终端)主要是通过与网络之间的连接进行通信。在实际应用中,通信设备在一些场景可能需要离开网络。然而,目前终端离开网络的方式是直接离开网络,这样直接离开网络的方式可能会影响通信设备业务传输,导致通信设备的业务性能比较差。The communication equipment (for example: terminal) mainly communicates through the connection with the network. In actual applications, the communication device may need to leave the network in some scenarios. However, the current way for the terminal to leave the network is to leave the network directly. In this way, the way of leaving the network directly may affect the service transmission of the communication device, resulting in poor service performance of the communication device.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请提供一种离开网络的控制方法、装置和通信设备,能够解决通信设备的业务性能比较差的问题。The present application provides a control method, device and communication device for leaving the network, which can solve the problem of relatively poor service performance of the communication device.
第一方面,本申请提供一种离开网络的控制方法、应用于第一通信设备,包括:In the first aspect, the present application provides a method for controlling leaving the network, which is applied to a first communication device, including:
获取第一信息,所述第一信息包括以下至少一项:第一时间、保持连接的指示信息、离开方式的指示信息、连接挂起的配置信息、挂起指示的释放配置信息、数据处理的指示信息、第二离开指示信息,其中,所述第二离开指示信息用于指示终端离开第一网络;Acquire first information, where the first information includes at least one of the following: the first time, the instruction information of keeping the connection, the instruction information of the leave mode, the configuration information of the connection suspension, the release configuration information of the suspension instruction, the data processing information Indication information and second leaving indication information, where the second leaving indication information is used to instruct the terminal to leave the first network;
在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内,执行第一操作;Perform the first operation within the first time when the terminal leaves the first network;
其中,in,
所述第一操作包括如下至少一项:保持终端处于连接态、保持终端与第一网络的连接、缓存或丢弃上行数据、停止上行数据的调度请求、停止上行数据发送。The first operation includes at least one of the following: maintaining the terminal in a connected state, maintaining the connection between the terminal and the first network, buffering or discarding uplink data, stopping a scheduling request for uplink data, and stopping uplink data transmission.
第二方面,本申请提供一种离开网络的控制方法,应用于第二通信设备,包括:In the second aspect, this application provides a method for controlling leaving the network, which is applied to a second communication device, and includes:
获取第二信息,所述第二信息包括以下至少一项:第二时间、离开网络的指示信息、请求保持连接的指示信息、请求数据处理的指示信息;Acquire second information, where the second information includes at least one of the following: a second time, indication information to leave the network, indication information requesting to maintain a connection, and indication information requesting data processing;
根据获取的第二信息,执行第二操作;Perform the second operation according to the acquired second information;
其中,in,
所述第二操作包括如下至少一项:The second operation includes at least one of the following:
确定第一信息、发送所述第一信息、Determine the first information, send the first information,
发送所述第二信息、Sending the second information,
确定第三信息、发送所述第三信息、Determine the third information, send the third information,
在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内,执行第三操作;Perform the third operation within the first time when the terminal leaves the first network;
所述第三操作包括如下至少一项:The third operation includes at least one of the following:
保持终端处于连接态或保持终端与第一网络的连接、Keep the terminal in a connected state or keep the terminal connected to the first network,
停止对终端的数据调度、Stop data scheduling to the terminal,
停止发送下行数据、Stop sending downlink data,
挂起终端与所述第一网络的数据传输、Suspend data transmission between the terminal and the first network,
发送下行数据所属的业务类型指示信息;Send the indication information of the service type to which the downlink data belongs;
所述第一信息包括以下至少一项:第一时间、保持连接的指示信息、离开方式的指示信息、连接挂起的配置信息、挂起指示的释放配置信息、数据处理的指示信息;The first information includes at least one of the following: the first time, the instruction information of keeping the connection, the instruction information of the leaving mode, the configuration information of the connection suspension, the release configuration information of the suspension instruction, and the instruction information of data processing;
所述第三信息包括以下至少一项:第一时间、保持连接的指示信息、离开方式的指示信息、第二离开指示信息、数据处理的指示信息。The third information includes at least one of the following: the first time, the instruction information of keeping the connection, the instruction information of the leaving mode, the second instruction information of leaving, and the instruction information of data processing.
第三方面,本申请提供一种离开网络的控制方法,应用于第三通信设备,包括:In the third aspect, this application provides a method for controlling leaving the network, which is applied to a third communication device, and includes:
获取第三信息,所述第三信息包括以下至少一项:第一时间、保持连接的指示信息、离开方式的指示信息、第二离开指示信息、数据处理的指示信息。Acquire third information, where the third information includes at least one of the following: the first time, the instruction information of keeping the connection, the instruction information of the leaving mode, the second instruction information of leaving, and the instruction information of data processing.
根据所述第三信息,执行第五操作;Perform a fifth operation according to the third information;
其中,in,
所述第五操作包括如下至少一项:The fifth operation includes at least one of the following:
为终端确定连接挂起的配置信息、Determine the configuration information of the terminal for connection suspension,
为终端挂起指示的释放配置信息、Release configuration information for terminal suspension instructions,
确定第二信息、Determine the second information,
发送所述第二信息、Sending the second information,
在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内,执行第六操作;Perform the sixth operation within the first time when the terminal leaves the first network;
其中,in,
所述第六操作包括如下至少一项:The sixth operation includes at least one of the following:
保持终端处于连接态或保持终端与第一网络的连接;Keep the terminal in a connected state or keep the terminal connected to the first network;
停止对终端的数据调度;Stop data scheduling to the terminal;
停止发送下行数据;Stop sending downlink data;
挂起终端与所述第一网络的数据传输。Suspend data transmission between the terminal and the first network.
第四方面,本申请提供一种离开网络的控制装置,所述装置应用于第一通信设备,包括:In a fourth aspect, the present application provides a device for controlling leaving the network. The device is applied to a first communication device and includes:
获取模块,用于获取第一信息,所述第一信息包括以下至少一项:第一时间、保持连接的指示信息、离开方式的指示信息、连接挂起的配置信息、带挂起指示的释放配置信息、数据处理的指示信息、第二离开指示信息,其中,所述第二离开指示信息用于指示终端离开第一网络;The acquiring module is configured to acquire first information, the first information including at least one of the following: the first time, the instruction information of keeping the connection, the instruction information of the leaving mode, the configuration information of the connection suspension, and the release with the suspension instruction Configuration information, data processing instruction information, and second leaving instruction information, where the second leaving instruction information is used to instruct the terminal to leave the first network;
执行模块,用于在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内,执行第一操作;The execution module is used to execute the first operation within the first time when the terminal leaves the first network;
其中,in,
所述第一操作包括如下至少一项:保持终端处于连接态、保持终端与第一网络的连接、缓存或丢弃上行数据、停止上行数据的调度请求、停止上行数据发送。The first operation includes at least one of the following: maintaining the terminal in a connected state, maintaining the connection between the terminal and the first network, buffering or discarding uplink data, stopping a scheduling request for uplink data, and stopping uplink data transmission.
第五方面,本申请提供一种离开网络的控制装置,所述装置应用于第二通信设备,包括:In a fifth aspect, the present application provides a device for controlling leaving the network. The device is applied to a second communication device and includes:
第一获取模块,用于获取第二信息,所述第二信息包括以下至少一项:第二时间、离开网络的指示信息、请求保持连接的指示信息、请求数据处理的指示信息;The first obtaining module is configured to obtain second information, where the second information includes at least one of the following: a second time, indication information to leave the network, indication information requesting to maintain a connection, and indication information requesting data processing;
执行模块,用于根据获取的第二信息,执行第二操作;The execution module is used to execute the second operation according to the acquired second information;
其中,in,
所述第二操作包括如下至少一项:The second operation includes at least one of the following:
确定第一信息、发送所述第一信息、Determine the first information, send the first information,
发送所述第二信息、Sending the second information,
确定第三信息、发送所述第三信息、Determine the third information, send the third information,
在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内,执行第三操作;Perform the third operation within the first time when the terminal leaves the first network;
所述第三操作包括如下至少一项:The third operation includes at least one of the following:
保持终端处于连接态或保持终端与第一网络的连接、Keep the terminal in a connected state or keep the terminal connected to the first network,
停止对终端的数据调度、Stop data scheduling to the terminal,
停止发送下行数据、Stop sending downlink data,
挂起终端与所述第一网络的数据传输、Suspend data transmission between the terminal and the first network,
发送下行数据所属的业务类型指示信息;Send the indication information of the service type to which the downlink data belongs;
所述第一信息包括以下至少一项:第一时间、保持连接的指示信息、离开方式的指示信息、连接挂起的配置信息、带挂起指示的释放配置信息、数据处理的指示信息;The first information includes at least one of the following: the first time, the instruction information of keeping the connection, the instruction information of the leave mode, the configuration information of the connection suspension, the release configuration information with the suspension instruction, and the data processing instruction information;
所述第三信息包括以下至少一项:第一时间、保持连接的指示信息、离开方式的指示信息、第二离开指示信息、数据处理的指示信息。The third information includes at least one of the following: the first time, the instruction information of keeping the connection, the instruction information of the leaving mode, the second instruction information of leaving, and the instruction information of data processing.
第六方面,本申请提供一种离开网络的控制装置,所述装置应用于第二通信设备,包括:In a sixth aspect, the present application provides a device for controlling leaving the network. The device is applied to a second communication device and includes:
第一获取模块,用于获取第三信息,所述第三信息包括以下至少一项:第一时间、保持连接的指示信息、离开方式的指示信息、第二离开指示信息、数据处理的指示信息;The first acquiring module is configured to acquire third information, the third information including at least one of the following: the first time, the instruction information of keeping the connection, the instruction information of the leaving method, the second instruction information of leaving, the instruction information of the data processing ;
第一执行模块,用于根据所述第三信息,执行第五操作;The first execution module is configured to execute a fifth operation according to the third information;
其中,in,
所述第五操作包括如下至少一项:The fifth operation includes at least one of the following:
为终端确定连接挂起的配置信息、Determine the configuration information of the terminal for connection suspension,
为终端确定带挂起指示的释放配置信息、Determine the release configuration information with suspend indication for the terminal,
确定第二信息、Determine the second information,
发送所述第二信息、Sending the second information,
在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内,执行第六操作;Perform the sixth operation within the first time when the terminal leaves the first network;
其中,in,
所述第六操作包括如下至少一项:The sixth operation includes at least one of the following:
保持终端处于连接态或保持终端与第一网络的连接;Keep the terminal in a connected state or keep the terminal connected to the first network;
停止对终端的数据调度;Stop data scheduling to the terminal;
停止发送下行数据;Stop sending downlink data;
挂起终端与所述第一网络的数据传输。Suspend data transmission between the terminal and the first network.
本申请实施例中,获取第一信息,所述第一信息包括以下至少一项:第一时间、保持连接的指示信息、离开方式的指示信息、连接挂起的配置信息、挂起指示的释放配置信息、数据处理的指示信息;在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内,执行第一操作;其中,所述第一操作包括如下至少一项:保持终端处于连接态、保持终端与第一网络的连接、缓存或丢弃上行数据、停止上行数据的调度请求、停止上行数据发送。这样由于在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内,执行第一操作,从而相比现有技术中直接离开内容,本申请可以提高通信设备的业务性能。In the embodiment of the present application, first information is acquired, and the first information includes at least one of the following: the first time, the instruction information of keeping the connection, the instruction information of the leaving mode, the configuration information of the connection suspension, and the release of the suspension instruction Configuration information and data processing instruction information; perform the first operation within the first time when the terminal leaves the first network; wherein, the first operation includes at least one of the following: keep the terminal in a connected state, keep the terminal connected to the first network Connect to the network, buffer or discard uplink data, stop scheduling requests for uplink data, and stop sending uplink data. In this way, since the first operation is performed within the first time when the terminal leaves the first network, compared with the direct leaving content in the prior art, the present application can improve the service performance of the communication device.
附图说明Description of the drawings
通过阅读下文优选实施方式的详细描述,各种其他的优点和益处对于本领域普通技术人员将变得清楚明了。附图仅用于示出优选实施方式的目的,而并不认为是对本申请的限制。而且在整个附图中,用相同的参考符号表示相同的部件。在附图中:By reading the detailed description of the preferred embodiments below, various other advantages and benefits will become clear to those of ordinary skill in the art. The drawings are only used for the purpose of illustrating the preferred embodiments, and are not considered as a limitation to the application. Also, throughout the drawings, the same reference symbols are used to denote the same components. In the attached picture:
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种无线通信系统的架构示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a wireless communication system provided by an embodiment of this application;
图2是本申请实施例提供的一种离开网络的控制方法的流程图;FIG. 2 is a flowchart of a method for controlling leaving the network according to an embodiment of the present application;
图3为本申请实施例提供的另一种离开网络的控制方法的流程图;FIG. 3 is a flowchart of another method for controlling leaving the network according to an embodiment of the application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的另一种离开网络的控制方法的流程图;FIG. 4 is a flowchart of another method for controlling leaving the network according to an embodiment of the application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的一种离开网络的控制方法的示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a method for controlling leaving the network according to an embodiment of the application;
图6为本申请实施例提供的另一种离开网络的控制方法的示意图;FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of another method for controlling leaving the network according to an embodiment of the application;
图7为本申请实施例提供的另一种离开网络的控制方法的示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of another method for controlling leaving the network according to an embodiment of the application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的另一种离开网络的控制方法的示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of another method for controlling leaving the network according to an embodiment of the application;
图9为本申请提供的一种离开网络的控制装置的结构图;FIG. 9 is a structural diagram of a control device leaving the network provided by this application;
图10为本申请提供的另一种离开网络的控制装置的结构图;FIG. 10 is a structural diagram of another control device that leaves the network provided by this application;
图11为本申请提供的另一种离开网络的控制装置的结构图;FIG. 11 is a structural diagram of another control device that leaves the network provided by this application;
图12为本申请提供的一种通信设备的结构图。FIG. 12 is a structural diagram of a communication device provided by this application.
具体实施方式detailed description
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述,显然,所描述的实施例是本申请一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。基于本申请中的实施例,本领域普通技术人员在没有作出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例,都属于本申请保护的范围。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application will be described clearly and completely in conjunction with the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present application. Obviously, the described embodiments are part of the embodiments of the present application, rather than all of them. Based on the embodiments in this application, all other embodiments obtained by those of ordinary skill in the art without creative work shall fall within the protection scope of this application.
本申请的说明书和权利要求书中的术语“包括”以及它的任何变形,意图在于覆盖不排他的包含,例如,包含了一系列步骤或单元的过程、方法、系统、产品或设备不必限于清楚地列出的那些步骤或单元,而是可包括没有清楚地列出的或对于这些过程、方法、产品或设备固有的其它步骤或单元。此外,说明书以及权利要求中使用“和/或”表示所连接对象的至少其中之一,例如A和/或B,表示包含单独A,单独B,以及A和B都存在三种情况。The term "including" in the specification and claims of this application and any variations thereof are intended to cover non-exclusive inclusions. For example, a process, method, system, product, or device that includes a series of steps or units is not necessarily limited to clear Instead, those steps or units listed below may include other steps or units that are not clearly listed or are inherent to these processes, methods, products, or equipment. In addition, the use of "and/or" in the specification and claims means at least one of the connected objects, such as A and/or B, which means that A and B alone are included, and there are three cases for both A and B.
在本申请实施例中,“示例性的”或者“例如”等词用于表示作例子、例证或说明。本申请实施例中被描述为“示例性的”或者“例如”的任何实施例或设计方案不应被解释为比其它实施例或设计方案更优选或更具优势。确切而言,使用“示例性的”或者“例如”等词旨在以具体方式呈现相关概念。In the embodiments of the present application, words such as "exemplary" or "for example" are used as examples, illustrations, or illustrations. Any embodiment or design solution described as "exemplary" or "for example" in the embodiments of the present application should not be construed as being more preferable or advantageous than other embodiments or design solutions. To be precise, words such as "exemplary" or "for example" are used to present related concepts in a specific manner.
本申请的说明书和权利要求书中的术语“包括”以及它的任何变形,意图在于覆盖不排他的包含,例如,包含了一系列步骤或单元的过程、方法、系统、产品或设备不必限于清楚地列出的那些步骤或单元,而是可包括没有清楚地列出的或对于这些过程、方法、产品或设备固有的其它步骤或单元。此外,说明书以及权利要求中使用“和/或”表示所连接对象的至少其中之一,例如A和/或B,表示包含单独A,单独B,以及A和B都存在三种情况。The term "including" in the specification and claims of this application and any variations thereof are intended to cover non-exclusive inclusions. For example, a process, method, system, product, or device that includes a series of steps or units is not necessarily limited to clear Instead, those steps or units listed below may include other steps or units that are not clearly listed or are inherent to these processes, methods, products, or equipment. In addition, the use of "and/or" in the specification and claims means at least one of the connected objects, such as A and/or B, which means that A and B alone are included, and there are three cases for both A and B.
下面结合附图介绍本申请的实施例。本申请实施例提供的离开网络的控制方法、装置和通信设备不限于长期演进型(Long Term Evolution,LTE)/LTE的演进(LTE-Advanced,LTE-A)系统,还可用于其他无线通信系统,诸如码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access,CDMA)、时分多址(Time Division Multiple Access,TDMA)、频分多址(Frequency Division Multiple Access,FDMA)、正交频分多址(Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access,OFDMA)、单载波频分多址(Single-carrier Frequency-Division Multiple Access,SC-FDMA)和其他系统。本申请实施例中的术语“系统”和“网络”常被可互换地使用,所描述的技术既可用于以上提及的系统和无线电技术,也可用于其他系统和无线电技术。然而,以下描述出于示例目的描述了新空口(New Radio,NR)系统,并且在以下大部分描述中使用NR术语,尽管这些技术也可应用于NR系统应用以外的应用,如第6代(6th Generation,6G)通信系统。The embodiments of the present application are described below in conjunction with the drawings. The method, device, and communication equipment for leaving the network provided by the embodiments of the application are not limited to the Long Term Evolution (LTE)/LTE-Advanced (LTE-A) system, but can also be used in other wireless communication systems. , Such as Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA), Time Division Multiple Access (TDMA), Frequency Division Multiple Access (Frequency Division Access, FDMA), Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access (Orthogonal Frequency Division) Multiple Access, OFDMA), Single-carrier Frequency-Division Multiple Access (SC-FDMA) and other systems. The terms "system" and "network" in the embodiments of the present application are often used interchangeably, and the described technology can be used for the aforementioned systems and radio technologies as well as other systems and radio technologies. However, the following description describes the New Radio (NR) system for illustrative purposes, and NR terminology is used in most of the description below, although these technologies can also be applied to applications other than NR system applications, such as the 6th generation ( 6th Generation, 6G) communication system.
为了便于更好地理解本申请实施例,下面先介绍以下技术点。In order to facilitate a better understanding of the embodiments of the present application, the following technical points are first introduced below.
多卡终端是一个设备上具有两个或大于两个的用户身份模块(Sucrier Idetity Module,SIM)卡。所述SIM卡是电子SIM卡或实体SIM卡。从网络的角度,同一终端设备与不同的SIM卡构成不同的UE。A multi-card terminal is a device with two or more user identity module (Sucrier Idetity Module, SIM) cards. The SIM card is an electronic SIM card or a physical SIM card. From the perspective of the network, the same terminal device and different SIM cards constitute different UEs.
可选的,多卡终端中的SIM卡可以是属于同一个运营商或不同的运营商。不同SIM卡所接入的无线通信网络可以相同,也可以不相同。Optionally, the SIM cards in the multi-card terminal may belong to the same operator or different operators. The wireless communication networks accessed by different SIM cards may be the same or different.
可选的,SIM卡可以包括以下之一:SIM卡、全球用户身份模块(Universal Subscriber Identity Module,USIM)卡、嵌入式SIM(Embedded-SIM,eSIM)卡。SIM卡也可以做为别的命名,比如直接称为“卡”,本申请不做限制。Optionally, the SIM card may include one of the following: a SIM card, a Universal Subscriber Identity Module (USIM) card, and an embedded-SIM (Embedded-SIM, eSIM) card. The SIM card can also be used as another name, such as directly called "card", which is not restricted in this application.
对双卡或多卡终端,终端的能力可能无法支持同时收发两张卡对应的网络的业务数据。终端放弃卡A的业务数据切换到卡B的业务数据时。终端可 以通知卡A的网络终端的离开,以节省不必要的网络资源开销。终端和卡A网络各自释放或挂起UE与网络的链接。但是,等终端返回卡A网络时,终端需要建立或恢复与卡A网络的连接。For dual-card or multi-card terminals, the capabilities of the terminal may not support the simultaneous sending and receiving of service data of the networks corresponding to the two cards. When the terminal gives up the service data of card A and switches to the service data of card B. The terminal can notify the departure of the network terminal of card A to save unnecessary network resource overhead. The terminal and the card A network respectively release or suspend the link between the UE and the network. However, when the terminal returns to the card A network, the terminal needs to establish or restore the connection with the card A network.
因此,需要解决以下问题Therefore, the following problems need to be solved
问题1,当终端要离开卡A切换到卡B时,比如接听卡B的电话,终端离开第一网络(通过卡A连接的网络)。终端可以请求释放或挂起终端与第一网络。一种情况下,终端可能会在离开第一网络后快速返回第一网络。比如用户接听卡B的电话后,发现卡B的电话是个骚扰电话,可能会立即挂断返回卡A。此时,终端需要建立或恢复与第一网络的连接。在很短的时间内释放/挂起连接后又建立/恢复连接,导致多余的信令开销,不利于终端节能,对终端与第一网络间数据传输的恢复也导致较长的时延。Question 1. When the terminal wants to leave card A and switch to card B, for example, when answering a phone call from card B, the terminal leaves the first network (the network connected through card A). The terminal can request to release or suspend the terminal and the first network. In one case, the terminal may quickly return to the first network after leaving the first network. For example, after the user answers the call of card B, and finds that the call of card B is a nuisance call, he may hang up and return to card A immediately. At this time, the terminal needs to establish or restore the connection with the first network. After the connection is released/suspended in a short period of time, the connection is established/resumed again, which results in redundant signaling overhead, which is not conducive to energy saving of the terminal, and the recovery of data transmission between the terminal and the first network also causes a long delay.
问题2,一种情况下,终端是比较了卡A和卡B业务的重要性,认为卡B的业务更重要而离开卡A。但是在终端离开卡A网络的时刻,可能卡A网络上来了更重要的业务的数据,但终端不知情,从而可能错过卡A的业务。Question 2. In one case, the terminal compares the importance of the services of card A and card B, thinks that the service of card B is more important, and leaves card A. But at the moment when the terminal leaves the card A network, more important service data may come on the card A network, but the terminal does not know it, and thus may miss the card A service.
对问题1,一种解决方式是,终端可以与第一网络协商一个连接保持时间(例如:connection survival time)。在终端请求离开卡A(通过卡A连接的网络)时,终端与卡A并不立即释放/挂起终端连接,依然保持终端与第一网络在连接态,但是挂起数据传输。如果终端在连接保持时间超时前返回撤销离开(revoking leaving)指示,则恢复终端与第一网络的数据传输。否则,在连接保持时间超时后,第一网络和终端释放或挂起终端的连接。且连接保持时间内,第一网络可以不寻呼终端。One solution to problem 1 is that the terminal can negotiate a connection retention time (for example: connection survival time) with the first network. When the terminal requests to leave the card A (the network connected through the card A), the terminal and the card A do not immediately release/suspend the terminal connection, and still keep the terminal in the connected state with the first network, but suspend the data transmission. If the terminal returns a revoking leaving instruction before the connection retention time expires, the data transmission between the terminal and the first network is resumed. Otherwise, after the connection retention time expires, the first network and the terminal release or suspend the connection of the terminal. In addition, the first network may not page the terminal within the connection maintaining time.
对问题2,一种解决方式是,在终端请求离开第一网络的连接保持时间内,第一网络停止发送下行数据但仍然可以发送下行数据所属的业务类型信息。在连接保持时间超时前,,根据所述下行数据所述业务类型信息,终端发现了卡A上的业务更重要,可以向第一网络请求撤销离开。One solution to problem 2 is that, within the connection holding time when the terminal requests to leave the first network, the first network stops sending downlink data but can still send the service type information to which the downlink data belongs. Before the connection retention time expires, according to the service type information of the downlink data, the terminal finds that the service on the card A is more important, and can request the first network to withdraw and leave.
下面结合附图介绍本申请的实施例。本申请实施例提供的连接控制方法、装置和通信设备可以应用于图1所示的网络系统,如图1所示的该网络系统包括:终端、无线接入网(Radio Access Network,RAN)网元和核心网(Core Network,CN)网元。The embodiments of the present application are described below in conjunction with the drawings. The connection control method, device, and communication equipment provided by the embodiments of this application can be applied to the network system shown in FIG. 1. The network system shown in FIG. 1 includes: a terminal, a radio access network (RAN) network Yuan and core network (Core Network, CN) network elements.
本申请一种实施例中,通信设备可以包括以下至少一项:通信网元设备和终端。In an embodiment of the present application, the communication device may include at least one of the following: a communication network element device and a terminal.
本申请一种实施例中,通信网元可以包括以下至少一项:核心网网元和无线接入网网元。In an embodiment of the present application, the communication network element may include at least one of the following: a core network network element and a radio access network network element.
本申请实施例中,网元可以等同于网元设备。In the embodiment of this application, the network element may be equivalent to the network element equipment.
本申请实施例中,核心网网元可以包含但不限于如下至少一项:核心网设备、核心网节点、核心网功能、核心网网元、移动管理实体(Mobility Management Entity,MME)、接入移动管理功能(Access Management Function,AMF)、会话管理功能(Session Management Function,SMF)、用户平面功能(User Plane Function,UPF)、服务网关(serving GW,SGW)、PDN网关 (PDN Gate Way,PDN网关)、策略控制功能(Policy Control Function、PCF)、策略与计费规则功能单元(Policy and Charging Rules Function,PCRF)、GPRS服务支持节点(Serving GPRS Support Node,SGSN)、网关GPRS支持节点(Gateway GPRS Support Node,GGSN)、统一数据管理(Unified Data Management,UDM),统一数据仓储(Unified Data Repository,UDR)、归属用户服务器(Home Subscriber Server,HSS)、应用功能(Application Function,AF),集中式网络配置(Centralized network configuration,CNC)。In the embodiments of this application, the core network elements may include but are not limited to at least one of the following: core network equipment, core network nodes, core network functions, core network elements, mobility management entities (Mobility Management Entity, MME), access Mobility Management Function (Access Management Function, AMF), Session Management Function (Session Management Function, SMF), User Plane Function (UPF), Serving Gateway (SGW), PDN Gateway (PDN Gate Way, PDN) Gateway), Policy Control Function (PCF), Policy and Charging Rules Function (PCRF), GPRS Service Support Node (Serving GPRS Support Node, SGSN), Gateway GPRS Support Node (Gateway) GPRS Support Node, GGSN), Unified Data Management (UDM), Unified Data Repository (UDR), Home Subscriber Server (HSS), Application Function (AF), centralized Centralized network configuration (CNC).
本申请实施例中,无线接入网网元可以包含但不限于至少以下之一:无线接入网设备、无线接入网节点、无线接入网功能、无线接入网单元、第三代合作伙伴计划(Third Generation Partnership Project,3GPP)无线接入网、非3GPP无线接入网、集中单元(Centralized Unit,CU)、分布式单元(Distributed Unit,DU)、基站、演进型基站(evolved Node B,eNB)、5G基站(gNB)、无线网络控制器(Radio Network Controller,RNC)、基站(NodeB)、非3GPP互操作功能(Non-3GPP Inter Working Function,N3IWF)、接入控制(Access Controller,AC)节点、接入点(Access Point,AP)设备或无线局域网(Wireless Local Area Networks,WLAN)节点、N3IWF。In the embodiments of the present application, the radio access network element may include but is not limited to at least one of the following: radio access network equipment, radio access network node, radio access network function, radio access network unit, third-generation cooperation Partnership Project (Third Generation Partnership Project, 3GPP) radio access network, non-3GPP radio access network, centralized unit (CU), distributed unit (DU), base station, evolved Node B , ENB), 5G base station (gNB), radio network controller (Radio Network Controller, RNC), base station (NodeB), non-3GPP Inter Working Function (N3IWF), access control (Access Controller, AC) node, access point (Access Point, AP) device or wireless local area network (Wireless Local Area Networks, WLAN) node, N3IWF.
基站,可以是全球移动通信系统(Global System for Mobile Communications,GSM)或码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access,CDMA)中的基站(BTS,Base Transceiver Station),也可以是宽带码分多址(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access,WCDMA)中的基站(NodeB),还可以是LTE中的演进型基站(eNB或e-NodeB,evolutional Node B)及5G基站(gNB),本申请实施例并不限定。The base station can be a base station (BTS, Base Transceiver Station) in the Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM) or Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA), or it can be a Broadband Code Division Multiple Access (BTS). The base station (NodeB) in Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA) may also be an evolved base station (eNB or e-NodeB, evolutional NodeB) and 5G base station (gNB) in LTE, which is not limited in this embodiment of the application.
本申请实施例中,UE即终端。终端可以包括支持终端功能的中继和/或支持中继功能的终端。终端也可以称作终端设备或者用户终端(User Equipment,UE),终端可以是手机、平板电脑(Tablet Personal Computer)、膝上型电脑(Laptop Computer)、个人数字助理(Personal Digital Assistant,PDA)、移动上网装置(Mobile Internet Device,MID)、可穿戴式设备(Wearable Device)或车载设备等终端侧设备,需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中并不限定终端的具体类型。In the embodiment of this application, the UE is the terminal. The terminal may include a relay supporting terminal function and/or a terminal supporting relay function. The terminal can also be called a terminal device or a user terminal (UE). The terminal can be a mobile phone, a tablet (Personal Computer), a laptop (Laptop Computer), a personal digital assistant (Personal Digital Assistant, PDA), Terminal-side devices such as Mobile Internet Device (MID), Wearable Device (Wearable Device), or in-vehicle device, it should be noted that the specific types of terminals are not limited in the embodiments of this application.
另外,还可以应用于4G、6G等通信系统。In addition, it can also be applied to communication systems such as 4G and 6G.
本申请一种可选实施例中,本地释放(Local release)可以是指终端请求离开(UE leaving)网络后可以不等待网络的响应信令的自行释放与网络的连接。In an optional embodiment of the present application, local release may mean that the terminal may release its connection with the network without waiting for response signaling from the network after the terminal requests to leave the network (UE leaving).
本申请一种可选实施例中,连接释放可以通过连接释放信令体现,比如连接释放信令不携带连接挂起的配置信息,带挂起的连接释放信息和/或释放原因为挂起来体现。In an optional embodiment of the present application, the connection release may be reflected by connection release signaling. For example, the connection release signaling does not carry the configuration information of connection suspension, and the connection release information with suspension and/or the release reason is reflected by the suspension. .
本申请一种可选实施例中,连接挂起可以通过连接释放信令中携带连接挂起的配置信息体现。In an optional embodiment of the present application, the connection suspension may be embodied by carrying the connection suspension configuration information in the connection release signaling.
本申请一种可选实施例中,带挂起的连接释放可以通过连接释放信令中携带带挂起的连接释放信息和/或释放原因为挂起体现。In an optional embodiment of the present application, the connection release with suspension may be embodied by the connection release information with suspension carried in the connection release signaling and/or the release reason is the suspension.
本申请一种可选实施例中,连接挂起的配置信息(如suspendConfig)可以称为RRC非活跃态的配置信息,可以包括以下至少一项:终端标识(如Resume ID,或RNTI),发起RAN位置更新区域(RAN-NotificationAreaInfo),周期性RAN位置更新的周期(PeriodicRNAU-TimerValue),下一跳连接计数(Next Hop Chaining Count,NCC)。In an optional embodiment of the present application, the configuration information for connection suspension (such as suspendConfig) may be referred to as RRC inactive configuration information, and may include at least one of the following: terminal identification (such as Resume ID, or RNTI), initiate RAN location update area (RAN-NotificationAreaInfo), period of periodic RAN location update (PeriodicRNAU-TimerValue), next hop connection count (Next Hop Chaining Count, NCC).
本申请一种可选实施例中,带挂起指示的释放配置信息包括:终端连接恢复标识(如Resume ID)。In an optional embodiment of the present application, the release configuration information with a suspension indication includes: a terminal connection recovery identifier (such as a Resume ID).
本申请一种可选实施例中,所述离开方式的指示信息包括以下之一:释放,挂起,带挂起指示的释放。In an optional embodiment of the present application, the indication information of the leaving mode includes one of the following: release, suspension, and release with suspension indication.
(1)一种实施方式中,所述释放可以包括空闲态(比如将终端设置为非活跃态)。(1) In an implementation manner, the release may include an idle state (for example, setting the terminal to an inactive state).
(2)一种实施方式中,所述挂起可以包括非活跃态(比如将终端设置为非活跃态)(2) In an embodiment, the suspension may include an inactive state (for example, setting the terminal to an inactive state)
(3)一种实施方式中,所述带挂起指示的释放可以包括非挂起指示的空闲态或保留终端上下文的空闲态(比如将终端设置为空闲态但保留终端的上下文)。(3) In an embodiment, the release with a suspend indication may include an idle state without a suspend indication or an idle state with a terminal context reserved (for example, setting the terminal to an idle state but retaining the context of the terminal).
一种实施方式中,所述离开方式的指示信息可以通过RRC释放命令携带不同的信息体现。RRC释放命令包含释放原因且释放原因为挂起,可以用于指示带挂起指示的释放。RRC释放命令包含带挂起指示的释放配置,可以用于指示带挂起指示的释放。RRC释放命令包含连接挂起的配置信息(也可以称为非活跃态的配置信息),可以用于指示挂起。在此之外,所述RRC释放命令,可以用于指示释放。In an implementation manner, the indication information of the leaving mode may be embodied by carrying different information in the RRC release command. The RRC release command contains the release reason and the release reason is suspension, which can be used to indicate the release with the suspension indication. The RRC release command contains a release configuration with a suspend indication, which can be used to indicate a release with a suspend indication. The RRC release command contains configuration information of connection suspension (also called inactive configuration information), which can be used to indicate suspension. In addition, the RRC release command can be used to indicate release.
另一种实施方式中,所述离开方式的指示信息被包含以下消息之一中:非RRC释放命令的RRC消息、NAS消息、RAN与CN间关于UE的消息(如S1消息,N2消息)。In another implementation manner, the indication information of the leaving mode is included in one of the following messages: RRC messages other than RRC release commands, NAS messages, and UE-related messages between RAN and CN (such as S1 messages, N2 messages).
本申请一种可选实施例中,所述保持连接的指示信息和/或所述数据处理的指示信息仅在第三条件下有效;其中,所述第三条件包括以下之一:终端离开第一网络时、第一时间内、终端离开第一网络的第一时间内。In an optional embodiment of the present application, the instruction information for maintaining the connection and/or the instruction information for data processing is only valid under a third condition; wherein, the third condition includes one of the following: the terminal leaves the first condition One network time, the first time, the first time the terminal leaves the first network.
本申请一种可选实施例中,所述请求保持连接的指示信息和/或所述请求数据处理的指示信息仅在第二条件下有效;其中,所述第二条件包括以下之一:终端离开第一网络时、第二时间内、终端离开第一网络的第二时间内。In an optional embodiment of the present application, the instruction information requesting to keep the connection and/or the instruction information requesting data processing are only valid under a second condition; wherein, the second condition includes one of the following: terminal When leaving the first network, within the second time, and within the second time when the terminal leaves the first network.
本申请一种可选实施例中,所述终端离开第一网络包括以下之一:终端决定离开第一网络时间、终端向网络发送离开请求、释放请求、挂起请求或第一离开指示信息,网络向终端发送释放、挂起、确认终端能够离开、第二离开指示信息或释放信令。In an optional embodiment of the present application, the terminal leaving the first network includes one of the following: the terminal decides to leave the first network time, the terminal sends a leave request, a release request, a suspend request or the first leave indication information to the network, The network sends release, suspension, confirmation that the terminal can leave, and second leave indication information or release signaling to the terminal.
本申请一种可选实施例中,连接可以是终端与网络连接的简称。In an optional embodiment of the present application, the connection may be an abbreviation for the connection between the terminal and the network.
本申请一种可选实施例中,释放可以是释放终端与网络连接的简称。In an optional embodiment of the present application, release may be an abbreviation for releasing the connection between the terminal and the network.
本申请一种可选实施例中,挂起可以是挂起终端与网络连接的简称。In an optional embodiment of the present application, suspension may be an abbreviation for suspending the connection between the terminal and the network.
本申请一种可选实施例中,非活跃态包括RRC非活跃态。RRC非活跃态对应连接管理连接态。In an optional embodiment of the present application, the inactive state includes the RRC inactive state. The RRC inactive state corresponds to the connection management connection state.
本申请一种可选实施例中,空闲态包括RRC空闲态。RRC空闲态对应连接管理空闲态。In an optional embodiment of the present application, the idle state includes the RRC idle state. The RRC idle state corresponds to the connection management idle state.
本申请一种可选实施例中,终端与网络的连接包括以下至少一项:RRC连接,NAS层连接。In an optional embodiment of the present application, the connection between the terminal and the network includes at least one of the following: RRC connection and NAS layer connection.
本申请实施例中,可选的,获取可以理解为生成、从配置获得、接收、通过请求后接收、通过自学习获取、根据未收到的信息推导获取或者是根据接收的信息处理后获得,具体可根据实际需要确定,本申请实施例对此不作限定。In the embodiments of this application, optionally, obtaining can be understood as generating, obtaining from configuration, receiving, receiving after request, obtaining through self-learning, obtaining based on unreceived information, or obtaining after processing based on received information. The details can be determined according to actual needs, which are not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
可选的,发送可以包含广播,系统消息中广播,响应请求后返回、专用信令发送等。Optionally, sending may include broadcasting, broadcasting in system messages, returning after responding to a request, sending dedicated signaling, etc.
本申请一种可选实施例中,通信设备可以包括以下至少一项:通信网元和终端,其中,通信网元可以包括以下至少一项:核心网网元和无线接入网网元。In an optional embodiment of the present application, the communication device may include at least one of the following: a communication network element and a terminal, where the communication network element may include at least one of the following: a core network element and a radio access network element.
本申请一种可选实施例中,所述第一信息可以通过为无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)消息或者非接入层NAS消息发送给第一网络。In an optional embodiment of the present application, the first information may be sent to the first network by being a radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) message or a non-access stratum NAS message.
本申请一种可选实施例中,可以通过RRC消息或者非接入层(Non-Access-Stratum,NAS)消息发送给第一网络中包含的所述第二信息,获取第二信息。In an optional embodiment of the present application, the second information contained in the first network may be sent to the second information contained in the first network through an RRC message or a non-access-stratum (Non-Access-Stratum, NAS) message to obtain the second information.
本申请一种可选实施例中,所述终端与第一网络的连接包括以下至少一项:终端与第一网络的RRC连接,终端与第一网络的连接管理(Connection Management,CM)连接。In an optional embodiment of the present application, the connection between the terminal and the first network includes at least one of the following: an RRC connection between the terminal and the first network, and a Connection Management (CM) connection between the terminal and the first network.
本申请一种可选的实施例中,所述停止对终端的数据调度包括以下至少一项:停止对终端的上行数据调度,停止对终端的下行数据调度。In an optional embodiment of the present application, the stopping of data scheduling for the terminal includes at least one of the following: stopping the uplink data scheduling for the terminal, and stopping the downlink data scheduling for the terminal.
在本发明一种可选的实施例中,所述时间为时长或截止时间。In an optional embodiment of the present invention, the time is a duration or a cut-off time.
本申请一种可选的实施例中,保持终端与第一网络的连接包括:保持终端处于连接态。所述连接包括RRC连接。保持终端处于连接态包括保持终端的RRC连接处于连接态。In an optional embodiment of the present application, maintaining the connection between the terminal and the first network includes: maintaining the terminal in a connected state. The connection includes an RRC connection. Keeping the terminal in the connected state includes keeping the RRC connection of the terminal in the connected state.
本申请实施例提供的方法及通信设备可以应用于无线通信系统中。该无线通信系统可以为第五代移动通信(Fifth-generation,5G)系统,或者演进的分组系统(Evolved Packet System,EPS),或者后续演进通信系统。本申请实施例无线通信网络可以为第五代移动通信网络(Fifth-generation system,5GS)或LTE网络。The method and communication device provided in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to a wireless communication system. The wireless communication system may be a fifth-generation mobile communication (Fifth-generation, 5G) system, or an evolved packet system (EPS), or a subsequent evolved communication system. The wireless communication network in the embodiment of the present application may be a fifth-generation mobile communication network (Fifth-generation system, 5GS) or an LTE network.
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述,显然,所描述的实施例是本申请一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。基于本申请中的实施例,本领域普通技术人员在没有作出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例,都属于本申请保护的范围。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application will be described clearly and completely in conjunction with the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present application. Obviously, the described embodiments are part of the embodiments of the present application, rather than all of them. Based on the embodiments in this application, all other embodiments obtained by those of ordinary skill in the art without creative work shall fall within the protection scope of this application.
请参见图2,图2是本申请提供的一种离开网络的控制方法的流程图,该方法应用于第一通信设备,其中,一种实施方式中,第一通信设备包括:终端(UE);另一种实施方式中,第一通信设备包括但不限于以下之一、核心网网元、接入网网元,所述方法包括:Please refer to FIG. 2. FIG. 2 is a flowchart of a method for controlling leaving the network provided by the present application. The method is applied to a first communication device. In one embodiment, the first communication device includes: a terminal (UE) In another implementation manner, the first communication device includes but is not limited to one of the following, a core network network element, an access network network element, and the method includes:
步骤201、获取第一信息,所述第一信息包括以下至少一项:第一时间、保持连接的指示信息、离开方式的指示信息、连接挂起的配置信息、挂起指示的释放配置信息、数据处理的指示信息、第二离开指示信息,其中,所述第二离开指示信息用于指示终端离开第一网络;Step 201: Acquire first information, where the first information includes at least one of the following: the first time, the indication information of keeping the connection, the indication information of the leaving mode, the configuration information of the connection suspension, the release configuration information of the suspension indication, Data processing instruction information and second leaving instruction information, where the second leaving instruction information is used to instruct the terminal to leave the first network;
步骤202、在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内,执行第一操作;Step 202: Perform a first operation within the first time when the terminal leaves the first network;
其中,in,
所述第一操作包括如下至少一项:保持终端处于连接态、保持终端与第一网络的连接、缓存或丢弃上行数据、停止上行数据的调度请求、停止上行数据发送。The first operation includes at least one of the following: maintaining the terminal in a connected state, maintaining the connection between the terminal and the first network, buffering or discarding uplink data, stopping a scheduling request for uplink data, and stopping uplink data transmission.
(1)一种实施方式,上述获取第一信息可以是接收网络(如第一网络)设备发送的第一信息,例如:接收核心网网元发送的第一信息,或者接收接入网网元发送的第一信息。(1) In an implementation manner, the above-mentioned acquiring first information may be receiving first information sent by a network (such as a first network) device, for example: receiving first information sent by a core network element, or receiving an access network element The first message sent.
(2)另一种实施方式,上述接收网络设备发送的第一信息可以网络设备根据终端的离开请求后发送的第一信息,或者网络设备主动给终端发送的第一信息。(2) In another implementation manner, the first information sent by the receiving network device may be the first information sent by the network device according to the leave request of the terminal, or the first information sent by the network device to the terminal on its own initiative.
(3)另一种实施方式,上述第一信息可以是通过无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)消息发送或者非接入层(Non-Access-Stratum,NAS)消息(如注册接受消息,或UE配置更新消息)发送。(3) In another implementation manner, the above-mentioned first information may be sent through a radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) message or a non-access-stratum (Non-Access-Stratum, NAS) message (such as a registration acceptance message, or UE configuration update message) is sent.
(4)另一种实施方式,上述获取第一信息可以是终端生成、从配置获得、通过自学习获取、根据未收到的信息推导获取或者是根据接收的信息处理后获得的第一信息。(4) In another implementation manner, the first information obtained above may be the first information generated by the terminal, obtained from the configuration, obtained through self-learning, obtained by derivation based on unreceived information, or obtained after processing based on the received information.
一种实施方式中,可以通过连接释放信令(如UE上下文释放信令、或RRC连接释放信令)表示第二离开指示信息。In an implementation manner, the second leave indication information may be indicated by connection release signaling (such as UE context release signaling or RRC connection release signaling).
一种实施方式中,连接挂起的配置信息可以包括以下至少一项:终端连接恢复标识(如Full I-RNTI,Short I-RNTI),发起RAN位置更新区域,周期性RAN位置更新的周期,下一跳连接计数(Next Hop Chaining Count,NCC)。连接挂起的配置信息也可以称为非活跃态的配置信息In an implementation manner, the configuration information for connection suspension may include at least one of the following: terminal connection recovery identifier (such as Full I-RNTI, Short I-RNTI), initiating RAN location update area, period of periodic RAN location update, Next Hop Chaining Count (NCC). The configuration information of the connection suspension can also be called the inactive configuration information
一种实施方式中,带挂起指示的释放配置信息包括:终端连接恢复标识(如Resume ID)。In an implementation manner, the release configuration information with a suspension indication includes: a terminal connection recovery identifier (such as a Resume ID).
可选的,所述第一时间包括以下之一:Optionally, the first time includes one of the following:
终端离开第一网络时保持终端处于连接态的时间、The time the terminal stays connected when it leaves the first network,
终端离开第一网络时保持终端与第一网络连接的时间。The time the terminal keeps being connected to the first network when it leaves the first network.
一种实施方式,终端离开第一网络时保持终端处于连接态的时间也可以是终端离开第一网络后保持终端处于连接态的时间,上述终端离开第一网络 时保持终端与第一网络连接的时间也可以是终端离开第一网络后保持终端与第一网络连接的时间。In an implementation manner, the time that the terminal keeps the terminal in the connected state when it leaves the first network may also be the time that the terminal keeps the terminal in the connected state after it leaves the first network. When the terminal leaves the first network, it keeps the terminal connected to the first network. The time may also be the time for the terminal to keep the terminal connected to the first network after it leaves the first network.
一种实施方式,上述终端离开第一网络时保持终端处于连接态的时间可以是,终端执行离开第一网络或者终端决定离开第一网络后,继续保持终端处于连接态的时间。In an implementation manner, the time that the terminal keeps the terminal in the connected state when it leaves the first network may be the time that the terminal continues to keep the terminal in the connected state after leaving the first network or the terminal decides to leave the first network.
一种实施方式,上述终端离开第一网络时保持终端与第一网络连接的时间可以是,终端执行离开第一网络或者终端决定离开第一网络后,保持终端与第一网络连接的时间。In an implementation manner, the time for the terminal to maintain the connection with the first network when the terminal leaves the first network may be the time for the terminal to maintain the connection with the first network after the terminal leaves the first network or the terminal decides to leave the first network.
可选的,所述保持连接的指示信息用于指示以下之一:Optionally, the keep-alive indication information is used to indicate one of the following:
保持终端处于连接态、Keep the terminal in a connected state,
保持终端与第一网络的连接、Keep the terminal connected to the first network,
在终端离开第一网络时保持终端处于连接态、Keep the terminal in a connected state when the terminal leaves the first network,
在终端离开第一网络时保持终端与第一网络的连接、Keep the connection between the terminal and the first network when the terminal leaves the first network,
在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内终端处于连接态、The terminal is in the connected state during the first time the terminal leaves the first network,
在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内保持终端与第一网络的连接。The connection between the terminal and the first network is maintained for the first time when the terminal leaves the first network.
一种实施方式,上述在终端离开第一网络时保持终端处于连接态可以是,终端执行离开第一网络或者终端决定离开第一网络后,终端继续处于连接态。In an implementation manner, the above-mentioned keeping the terminal in the connected state when the terminal leaves the first network may be that the terminal continues to be in the connected state after the terminal executes to leave the first network or the terminal decides to leave the first network.
一种实施方式,上述在终端离开第一网络时保持终端与第一网络的连接可以是,终端执行离开第一网络或者终端决定离开第一网络后,继续保持终端与第一网络的连接。In an implementation manner, the above-mentioned maintaining the connection between the terminal and the first network when the terminal leaves the first network may be that the terminal continues to maintain the connection between the terminal and the first network after leaving the first network or the terminal decides to leave the first network.
一种实施方式,上述在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内终端处于连接态可以是,终端执行离开第一网络或者终端决定离开第一网络后的第一时间内终端继续处于连接态。In an implementation manner, the above-mentioned terminal being in the connected state during the first time when the terminal leaves the first network may be that the terminal executes to leave the first network or the terminal continues to be in the connected state for the first time after the terminal decides to leave the first network.
一种实施方式,上述在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内保持终端与第一网络的连接可以是,终端执行离开第一网络或者终端决定离开第一网络后的第一时间内继续保持终端与第一网络的连接。In an implementation manner, the above-mentioned maintaining the connection between the terminal and the first network within the first time when the terminal leaves the first network may be that the terminal executes leaving the first network or the terminal continues to maintain the terminal within the first time after the terminal decides to leave the first network Connection to the first network.
可选的,所述数据处理的指示信息用于指示以下至少一项:Optionally, the data processing instruction information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
停止对终端的数据调度、Stop data scheduling to the terminal,
停止发送下行数据、Stop sending downlink data,
挂起终端与第一网络的数据传输、Suspend the data transmission between the terminal and the first network,
在终端离开第一网络时停止对终端的数据调度、Stop data scheduling to the terminal when the terminal leaves the first network,
在终端离开第一网络时停止发送下行数据、Stop sending downlink data when the terminal leaves the first network,
在终端离开第一网络时挂起终端与第一网络的数据传输、Suspend data transmission between the terminal and the first network when the terminal leaves the first network,
在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内挂起终端与第一网络的数据传输、Suspend data transmission between the terminal and the first network within the first time when the terminal leaves the first network,
在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内停止对终端的数据调度、Stop data scheduling to the terminal within the first time when the terminal leaves the first network,
在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内停止发送下行数据。Stop sending downlink data within the first time when the terminal leaves the first network.
一种实施方式,上述第一操作包括的保持终端处于连接态可以是,在上述第一时间内保持终端处于连接态。In an implementation manner, the maintaining of the terminal in the connected state included in the above-mentioned first operation may be: maintaining the terminal in the connected state during the above-mentioned first time.
一种实施方式,上述第一操作包括的保持终端与第一网络的连接可以是,在上述第一时间内保持终端与第一网络的连接。In an implementation manner, maintaining the connection between the terminal and the first network included in the above-mentioned first operation may be maintaining the connection between the terminal and the first network within the above-mentioned first time.
一种实施方式,上述第一操作包括的缓存或丢弃上行数据可以是,在上述第一时间内缓存或丢弃上行数据。In an implementation manner, the buffering or discarding of the uplink data included in the foregoing first operation may be: buffering or discarding the uplink data within the foregoing first time.
一种实施方式,上述第一操作包括的停止上行数据的调度请求可以是,在上述第一时间内停止上行数据的调度请求。In an implementation manner, the scheduling request to stop the uplink data included in the first operation may be a scheduling request to stop the uplink data within the first time.
一种实施方式,上述第一操作包括的停止上行数据发送可以是,在上述第一时间内停止上行数据发送。In an implementation manner, the stopping of uplink data transmission included in the foregoing first operation may be: stopping the transmission of uplink data within the foregoing first time period.
本申请实施例中,不难理解,对一些终端离开第一网络的场景,第一网络可以设置第一时间,暂时保持终端与第一网络的连接;一方面在终端反悔离开、撤销离开第一网络的决定时,以便终端快速地返回第一网络,而不需要额外地建立或恢复连接的相关信令。另一方面避免终端计划短期离开第一网络结果后续却长期离开第一网络的情况下,终端和网络可以在第一时间超时后,释放或挂起所述终端与第一网络的连接。In the embodiments of this application, it is not difficult to understand that for some scenarios where the terminal leaves the first network, the first network can set the first time to temporarily maintain the connection between the terminal and the first network; When deciding on the network, the terminal can quickly return to the first network without additional related signaling for establishing or restoring the connection. On the other hand, to avoid the situation where the terminal plans to leave the first network for a short period of time but subsequently leaves the first network for a long time, the terminal and the network can release or suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network after the first time expires.
进一步地,在指定第一时间时,网络可以将终端离开第一网络方式和相关配置发送给终端。当第一时间超时需要释放或挂起所述终端与第一网络的连接时,不需要再触发连接释放或连接挂起的相关信令,终端和网络可以本地释放或本地挂起所述终端与第一网络的连接。Further, when the first time is designated, the network may send the terminal leaving the first network mode and related configuration to the terminal. When the first time expires and the connection between the terminal and the first network needs to be released or suspended, there is no need to trigger connection release or connection suspension related signaling. The terminal and the network can locally release or suspend the terminal and the first network. The first network connection.
可选的,所述获取第一信息的步骤之前,所述方法还包括:发送第二信息;Optionally, before the step of acquiring the first information, the method further includes: sending second information;
所述第二信息包括以下至少一项:第二时间、第一离开指示信息、请求保持连接的指示信息、请求数据处理的指示信息;The second information includes at least one of the following: the second time, the first leaving instruction information, the instruction information requesting to keep the connection, the instruction information requesting data processing;
其中,in,
所述第二时间包括以下至少一项:The second time includes at least one of the following:
请求的终端离开第一网络的时间、The time when the requested terminal leaves the first network,
请求的终端离开第一网络时保持终端处于连接态、When the requested terminal leaves the first network, keep the terminal in the connected state,
请求的终端离开第一网络时保持终端与第一网络连接的时间、The time that the requested terminal keeps the terminal connected to the first network when it leaves the first network,
请求停止对终端的数据调度的时间、Request to stop data scheduling to the terminal,
请求停止发送下行数据的时间、Request to stop sending downlink data time,
请求挂起终端与第一网络的数据传输的时间;Request to suspend data transmission time between the terminal and the first network;
所述第一离开指示信息用于指示以下至少一项:终端请求离开第一网络;The first leaving indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal requests to leave the first network;
所述请求保持连接的指示信息用于指示以下之一:请求保持终端处于连接态、请求保持终端与第一网络的连接;The indication information requesting to keep the connection is used to indicate one of the following: request to keep the terminal in a connected state, request to keep the connection between the terminal and the first network;
所述请求数据处理的指示信息用于指示以下至少一项:请求停止对终端的数据调度、请求停止发送下行数据、请求挂起终端与第一网络的数据传输。The indication information for requesting data processing is used to indicate at least one of the following: requesting to stop data scheduling to the terminal, requesting to stop sending downlink data, and requesting to suspend data transmission between the terminal and the first network.
一种实施方式中,终端向第一网络的网络设备发送第二信息,如通过RRC消息或者NAS消息向网络设备发送第二信息。所述第二网络的网络设备直接或间接向终端返回第一信息。In an implementation manner, the terminal sends the second information to the network device of the first network, such as sending the second information to the network device through an RRC message or a NAS message. The network device of the second network directly or indirectly returns the first information to the terminal.
一种实施方式中,第一时间等同于第二时间。In one embodiment, the first time is equal to the second time.
一种实施方式中,终端确定第一时间,向第一网络发送所述确定的第一时间。In an implementation manner, the terminal determines the first time, and sends the determined first time to the first network.
另一种实施方式中,第一网络确定第一时间,向终端发送所述确定的第一时间。第一网络可以自行确定第一时间,或者根据终端提供的第二时间确定所述第一时间。In another implementation manner, the first network determines the first time, and sends the determined first time to the terminal. The first network may determine the first time by itself, or determine the first time according to the second time provided by the terminal.
可选的,所述请求保持连接的指示信息和/或所述请求数据处理的指示信息仅在第二条件下有效;其中,所述第二条件包括以下之一:终端离开第一网络时、第二时间内、终端离开第一网络的第二时间内。Optionally, the indication information requesting to maintain the connection and/or the indication information requesting data processing is only valid under a second condition; wherein, the second condition includes one of the following: when the terminal leaves the first network, The second time is the second time when the terminal leaves the first network.
可选的,所述保持连接的指示信息和/或所述数据处理的指示信息仅在第三条件下有效;其中,所述第三条件包括以下之一:终端离开第一网络时、第一时间内、终端离开第一网络的第一时间内。Optionally, the instruction information for maintaining the connection and/or the instruction information for data processing is only valid under a third condition; wherein, the third condition includes one of the following: when the terminal leaves the first network, the first Time, the first time the terminal leaves the first network.
(1)一种实施方式中,所述请求保持终端处于连接态包括以下之一:(1) In an implementation manner, the request to keep the terminal in the connected state includes one of the following:
请求在终端离开第一网络的第二时间内保持终端处于连接态、Request to keep the terminal in the connected state during the second time when the terminal leaves the first network,
请求在第二时间内保持终端处于连接态、Request to keep the terminal in the connected state for the second time,
请求在终端离开第一网络时保持终端处于连接态、Request to keep the terminal connected when it leaves the first network,
请求在停止对终端的数据调度后保持终端处于连接态、Request to keep the terminal in the connected state after stopping the data scheduling of the terminal,
请求在停止发送下行数据后保持终端处于连接态、Request to keep the terminal in a connected state after stopping sending downlink data,
请求在挂起终端与第一网络的数据传输后保持终端处于连接态。It is requested to keep the terminal in the connected state after the data transmission between the terminal and the first network is suspended.
(2)一种实施方式中,所述请求保持终端与第一网络的连接包括以下之一:(2) In an implementation manner, the request to maintain the connection between the terminal and the first network includes one of the following:
请求在终端离开第一网络的第二时间内保持终端与第一网络的连接、Request to keep the connection between the terminal and the first network within the second time when the terminal leaves the first network,
请求在第二时间内保持终端与第一网络的连接、Request to maintain the connection between the terminal and the first network within the second time,
请求在终端离开第一网络时保持终端与第一网络的连接、Request to keep the terminal connected to the first network when the terminal leaves the first network,
请求在停止对终端的数据调度后保持终端与第一网络的连接、Request to keep the connection between the terminal and the first network after stopping the data scheduling of the terminal,
请求在停止发送下行数据后保持终端与第一网络的连接、Request to keep the connection between the terminal and the first network after stopping sending downlink data,
请求在挂起终端与第一网络的数据传输后保持终端与第一网络的连接。It is requested that the connection between the terminal and the first network be maintained after the data transmission between the terminal and the first network is suspended.
(3)一种实施方式中,所述请求停止对终端的数据调度包括以下之一:(3) In an implementation manner, the request to stop data scheduling to the terminal includes one of the following:
请求在终端离开第一网络的第二时间内停止对终端的数据调度、Request to stop data scheduling to the terminal within the second time when the terminal leaves the first network,
请求在第二时间内停止对终端的数据调度、Request to stop data scheduling to the terminal within the second time,
请求在终端离开第一网络时停止对终端的数据调度。Request to stop data scheduling to the terminal when the terminal leaves the first network.
(4)一种实施方式中,所述请求停止发送下行数据的时间包括以下之一:(4) In an implementation manner, the time for requesting to stop sending downlink data includes one of the following:
请求在终端离开第一网络的第二时间内停止发送下行数据、Request to stop sending downlink data within the second time when the terminal leaves the first network,
请求在第二时间内停止发送下行数据、Request to stop sending downlink data within the second time,
请求在终端离开第一网络时停止发送下行数据。Request to stop sending downlink data when the terminal leaves the first network.
(5)一种实施方式中,所述请求挂起终端与第一网络的数据传输包括以下之一:(5) In an implementation manner, the request to suspend data transmission between the terminal and the first network includes one of the following:
请求在终端离开第一网络的第二时间内挂起终端与第一网络的数据传输、Request to suspend data transmission between the terminal and the first network within the second time when the terminal leaves the first network,
在第二时间内挂起终端与第一网络的数据传输、Suspend the data transmission between the terminal and the first network within the second time,
请求在终端离开第一网络时挂起终端与第一网络的数据传输。Request to suspend data transmission between the terminal and the first network when the terminal leaves the first network.
可选的,所述在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内包括以下之一:Optionally, the first time period when the terminal leaves the first network includes one of the following:
在接收所述第一信息后的第一时间内、Within the first time after receiving the first information,
在发送第二信息后的第一时间内、Within the first time after sending the second message,
在目标端接收第二信息后的第一时间内。Within the first time after the target terminal receives the second information.
一种实施方式,终端在接收所述第一信息后的第一时间内执行上述第一操作。In an implementation manner, the terminal performs the above-mentioned first operation within a first time after receiving the first information.
一种实施方式,终端在发送第二信息后的第一时间内执行上述第一操作。In an implementation manner, the terminal performs the above-mentioned first operation within the first time after sending the second information.
一种实施方式,终端在目标端接收第二信息后的第一时间内执行上述第一操作。其中,目标端可以是核心网网元或者接入网网元。In an implementation manner, the terminal performs the above-mentioned first operation within the first time after the target terminal receives the second information. Among them, the target end may be a core network network element or an access network network element.
可选的,所述第一时间的开始时间点包括以下之一:Optionally, the start time point of the first time includes one of the following:
终端离开第一网络的时间点、The time point when the terminal leaves the first network,
接收所述第一信息的时间点、The time point when the first information was received,
发送所述第二信息的时间点、The time point at which the second information was sent,
目标端接收所述第二信息的时间点。The time point when the target terminal receives the second information.
一种实施方式,目标端可以是核心网网元或者接入网网元。In an implementation manner, the target end may be a core network network element or an access network network element.
可选的,所述第二时间的开始时间点包括以下之一:Optionally, the start time point of the second time includes one of the following:
终端离开第一网络的时间点、The time point when the terminal leaves the first network,
发送所述第二信息的时间点、The time point at which the second information was sent,
目标端接收所述第二信息的时间点。The time point when the target terminal receives the second information.
一种实施方式,目标端可以是核心网网元或者接入网网元。In an implementation manner, the target end may be a core network network element or an access network network element.
可选的,所述离开方式的指示信息包括以下之一:释放,挂起,带挂起指示的释放。Optionally, the indication information of the leaving mode includes one of the following: release, suspension, and release with suspension indication.
一种实施方式中,离开方式的指示信息指示的释放可以是本地释放,离开方式的指示信息指示的挂起可以是本地挂起。In an implementation manner, the release indicated by the indication information of the away mode may be a local release, and the suspension indicated by the indication information of the away mode may be a local suspension.
一种实施方式中,第一信息包括连接挂起的配置信息可以代表离开方式的指示信息为挂起。In an implementation manner, the first information includes configuration information of connection suspension, which may indicate that the indication information of the leave mode is suspension.
一种实施方式中,第一信息包括带挂起指示的释放配置信息和/或释放原因为挂起可以代表离开方式的指示信息为带挂起指示的释放。In an implementation manner, the first information includes release configuration information with a suspend indication and/or the indication information whose release reason is suspend and can represent a leave mode is release with a suspend indication.
另一种实施方式中,第一信息不包括连接挂起的配置信息,带挂起指示的释放配置信息和/或释放原因为挂起可以代表离开方式的指示信息为释放。In another implementation manner, the first information does not include the configuration information of the connection suspension, and the release configuration information with the suspension indication and/or the release reason being suspension may indicate that the indication information of the leave mode is release.
可选的,所述释放包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the release includes at least one of the following:
释放终端与第一网络的连接、在第一时间超时后释放终端与第一网络的连接或在第一时间超时后本地释放终端与第一网络的连接;Releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network, releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network after the first time has expired, or locally releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network after the first time has expired;
将终端设置为空闲态或在第一时间超时后将终端设置为空闲态;Set the terminal to the idle state or set the terminal to the idle state after the first time expires;
删除终端上下文。Delete the terminal context.
可选的,所述挂起包括以下之一:Optionally, the suspension includes one of the following:
挂起终端与第一网络的连接、在第一时间超时后挂起终端与第一网络的连接或在第一时间超时后本地挂起终端与第一网络的连接;Suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network, suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network after the first time expires, or suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network locally after the first time expires;
将终端设置为非活跃态或在第一时间超时后将终端设置为非活跃态;Set the terminal to an inactive state or set the terminal to an inactive state after the first time expires;
保留终端上下文。The terminal context is preserved.
一种实施方式中,将终端设置为非活跃态可以是将终端设置为RRC非活跃态。In an implementation manner, setting the terminal to the inactive state may be setting the terminal to the RRC inactive state.
可选的,所述带挂起指示的释放包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the release with suspension indication includes at least one of the following:
释放终端与第一网络的连接、在第一时间超时后释放终端与第一网络的连接或在第一时间超时后本地释放终端与第一网络的连接;Releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network, releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network after the first time has expired, or locally releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network after the first time has expired;
将终端设置为空闲态或在第一时间超时后将终端设置为空闲态;Set the terminal to the idle state or set the terminal to the idle state after the first time expires;
保留终端上下文。The terminal context is preserved.
可选的,所述离开方式的指示信息包括挂起的情况下,所述第一信息还包括连接挂起的配置信息。一种实施方式,终端可以依据上述连接挂起的配置信息进行执行挂起终端与第一网络的连接。Optionally, in a case where the indication information of the leave mode includes suspension, the first information further includes configuration information of connection suspension. In an implementation manner, the terminal may perform the suspension of the connection between the terminal and the first network according to the configuration information of the suspension of the connection.
可选的,所述离开方式的指示信息包括带挂起指示的释放的情况下,所述第一信息还包括带挂起指示的释放配置信息。Optionally, in a case where the indication information of the leaving mode includes release with a suspend indication, the first information further includes release configuration information with a suspend indication.
一种实施方式,终端可以依据上述带挂起指示的释放配置信息进行执行释放终端与第一网络的连接但保留终端的上下文。In an implementation manner, the terminal may perform the release of the connection between the terminal and the first network according to the above-mentioned release configuration information with the suspension indication, but retain the context of the terminal.
一种实施方式中,带挂起指示的释放配置信息包括:终端连接恢复标识(如Resume ID)。In an implementation manner, the release configuration information with a suspension indication includes: a terminal connection recovery identifier (such as a Resume ID).
可选的,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method further includes:
在所述第一时间超时的情况下,根据所述离开方式的指示信息,执行以下至少一项:In the case where the first time has expired, at least one of the following is performed according to the indication information of the leaving mode:
将终端设置为空闲态或将终端设置为非活跃态;Set the terminal to the idle state or set the terminal to the inactive state;
本地释放终端与第一网络的连接、本地挂起终端与第一网络的连接或本地释放终端与第一网络的连接但保存终端的上下文。Locally release the connection between the terminal and the first network, locally suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network, or locally release the connection between the terminal and the first network but save the context of the terminal.
一种实施方式中,将终端设置为空闲态可以是,将终端相对于第一网络的状态设置为空闲态。In an implementation manner, setting the terminal to the idle state may be to set the state of the terminal relative to the first network to the idle state.
一种实施方式中,将终端设置为非活跃态可以是,将终端相对于第一网络的状态设置为非活跃态。In an implementation manner, setting the terminal to the inactive state may be setting the state of the terminal relative to the first network to the inactive state.
可选的,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method further includes:
发送所述第一信息。Send the first information.
一种实施方式中,发送第一信息可以是向第一网络(如核心网网元或者接入网网元)发送第一信息,以请求或者告知核心网网元或者接入网网元第一时间、保持连接的指示信息、离开方式的指示信息、连接挂起的配置信息、带挂起指示的释放配置信息、数据处理的指示信息中的至少一项。In an implementation manner, sending the first information may be sending the first information to the first network (such as a core network element or an access network element) to request or notify the core network element or the access network element of the first network element. At least one of time, instruction information for maintaining connection, instruction information for leaving mode, configuration information for connection suspension, release configuration information with suspension instruction, and instruction information for data processing.
可选的,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method further includes:
在所述第一时间超时的情况下,执行以下至少一项:In the case where the first time expires, perform at least one of the following:
释放终端与第一网络的连接、挂起终端与第一网络的连接或释放终端与第一网络的连接但保存终端的上下文;Release the connection between the terminal and the first network, suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network, or release the connection between the terminal and the first network but save the context of the terminal;
将终端设置为空闲态或将终端设置为非活跃态;Set the terminal to the idle state or set the terminal to the inactive state;
本地释放终端与第一网络的连接、本地挂起终端与第一网络的连接或本地释放终端与第一网络的连接但保存终端的上下文。Locally release the connection between the terminal and the first network, locally suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network, or locally release the connection between the terminal and the first network but save the context of the terminal.
一种实施方式中,释放终端与第一网络的连接与本地释放终端与第一网络的连接的区别是:释放终端与第一网络的连接需要触发相关的释放信令。本地释放终端与第一网络的连接则不需要触发相关的释放信令。In an implementation manner, the difference between releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network and locally releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network is: releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network requires triggering related release signaling. The local release of the connection between the terminal and the first network does not need to trigger related release signaling.
一种实施方式中,挂起终端与第一网络的连接与本地挂起终端与第一网络的连接的区别是:挂起终端与第一网络的连接需要触发相关的携带连接挂起的配置信息的连接释放信令。本地挂起终端与第一网络的连接则不需要触发相关的连接释放信令(如RRC释放信令)。In one embodiment, the difference between the connection of the suspending terminal and the first network and the connection of the local suspending terminal and the first network is: suspending the connection of the terminal and the first network needs to trigger related configuration information carrying connection suspension Connection release signaling. If the connection between the terminal and the first network is suspended locally, there is no need to trigger related connection release signaling (such as RRC release signaling).
一种实施方式中,在收到第一离开指示信息时,网络向终端发送连接挂起的配置信息、带挂起指示的释放配置信息和/或离开方式的指示信息。终端收到所述信息后,并不立即释放或立即挂起终端与第一网络的连接,而是等候第一时间超时后再释放或挂起终端与第一网络的连接。由于终端和网络均具有终端的离开方式的指示信息和/或连接挂起的配置信息,不难理解,终端和网络可以不需要再触发释放或挂起的相关信令,可以本地释放或挂起。In an implementation manner, upon receiving the first leaving instruction information, the network sends to the terminal the connection suspension configuration information, the release configuration information with the suspension instruction, and/or the leaving mode instruction information. After receiving the information, the terminal does not immediately release or suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network, but waits for the first time to expire before releasing or suspending the connection between the terminal and the first network. Since both the terminal and the network have the indication information of the terminal's leaving mode and/or the configuration information of the connection suspension, it is not difficult to understand that the terminal and the network do not need to trigger the release or suspension related signaling, and can be released or suspended locally .
可选的,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method further includes:
发送第四信息,所述第四信息用于指示以下至少一项:终端撤销离开所述第一网络,请求恢复对终端数据的调度,请求恢复发送下行数据,请求恢复终端与所述第一网络的数据传输,请求停止对第一时间计时。Send fourth information, where the fourth information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal withdraws from leaving the first network, requests to resume scheduling of terminal data, requests to resume sending downlink data, and requests to resume the terminal and the first network Data transmission, request to stop counting the first time.
一种实施方式中,发送第四信息可以是向核心网网元或者接入网网元发送第四信息,以指示上述至少一项。这样可以实现快速撤销离开第一网络。核心网网元或者接入网网元接收到第四信息后,可以执行如下至少一项:In an implementation manner, sending the fourth information may be sending the fourth information to a core network element or an access network element to indicate at least one of the foregoing items. In this way, you can quickly withdraw from the first network. After the core network element or the access network element receives the fourth information, it may perform at least one of the following:
在终端上下文中删除所述第一信息、Delete the first information in the terminal context,
在终端上下文中删除所述第二信息、Delete the second information in the terminal context,
在终端上下文中删除所述第三信息、Delete the third information in the terminal context,
恢复对终端的数据调度、Restore data scheduling to the terminal,
恢复发送下行数据、Resume sending downlink data,
恢复终端与所述第一网络的数据传输、,Restore data transmission between the terminal and the first network,
停止对第一时间计时、Stop counting the first time,
确定第五信息、发送所述确定的第五信息;Determine fifth information, and send the determined fifth information;
所述第五信息用于指示以下至少一项:终端撤销离开所述第一网络,恢复对终端数据的调度,恢复发送下行数据,恢复终端与所述第一网络的数据传输,停止对第一时间计时,删除第三信息的指示信息或第三信息失效的指示信息。The fifth information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal withdraws from leaving the first network, resumes scheduling of terminal data, resumes sending downlink data, resumes data transmission between the terminal and the first network, and stops communicating with the first network. Time is counted, and the indication information of the third information or the indication information of the invalidity of the third information is deleted.
可选的,所述发送第四信息包括:Optionally, the sending fourth information includes:
在满足第一条件的情况下,发送所述第四信息,所述第一条件包括:所述第一时间未超时。When the first condition is met, the fourth information is sent, and the first condition includes: the first time has not expired.
一种实施方式中,所述第一条件还可以包括如下至少一项:In an implementation manner, the first condition may further include at least one of the following:
终端与第二网络间业务中止;The service between the terminal and the second network is suspended;
第一网络指示的下行数据所属的业务类型比第二网络的业务数据更为重要;The service type to which the downlink data indicated by the first network belongs is more important than the service data of the second network;
用户终端撤销离开第一网络的决定。The user terminal revokes the decision to leave the first network.
所述第二网络为终端离开第一网络的原因,比如为了收发第二网络的业务数据。The second network is a reason for the terminal to leave the first network, for example, to send and receive service data of the second network.
本申请实施例中,获取第一信息,所述第一信息包括以下至少一项:第一时间、保持连接的指示信息、离开方式的指示信息、连接挂起的配置信息、带挂起指示的释放配置信息、数据处理的指示信息;在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内,执行第一操作;其中,所述第一操作包括如下至少一项:保持终端处于连接态、保持终端与第一网络的连接、缓存或丢弃上行数据、停止上行数据的调度请求、停止上行数据发送。这样由于在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内,执行第一操作,从而相比现有技术,可以避免终端离开后又很快返回第一网络导致多余的连接释放/挂起和连接建立/连接恢复过程产生,以提高终端的业务性能。In the embodiment of the present application, first information is acquired, and the first information includes at least one of the following: the first time, the instruction information of keeping the connection, the instruction information of the leaving mode, the configuration information of the connection suspension, the information with the suspension instruction Release configuration information and data processing instruction information; perform the first operation within the first time when the terminal leaves the first network; wherein, the first operation includes at least one of the following: keep the terminal in a connected state, keep the terminal connected to the first network A network connects, buffers or discards uplink data, stops scheduling requests for uplink data, and stops sending uplink data. In this way, since the first operation is performed within the first time when the terminal leaves the first network, compared with the prior art, it is possible to prevent the terminal from returning to the first network soon after leaving and causing redundant connection release/hanging and connection establishment/ The connection restoration process is generated to improve the service performance of the terminal.
请参见图3,图3是本申请实施例提供的另一种离开网络的控制方法的流程图,该方法应用于第二通信设备,第二通信设备包括不限于以下之一:核心网网元设备(如MME,或AMF)或者接入网网元设备(如eNB,或gNB),所述方法包括:Please refer to FIG. 3, which is a flowchart of another method for controlling leaving the network according to an embodiment of the present application. The method is applied to a second communication device, and the second communication device includes but is not limited to one of the following: core network element Equipment (such as MME, or AMF) or access network element equipment (such as eNB, or gNB), the method includes:
步骤301、获取第二信息,所述第二信息包括以下至少一项:第二时间、离开网络的指示信息、请求保持连接的指示信息、请求数据处理的指示信息;Step 301: Obtain second information, where the second information includes at least one of the following: a second time, instructions for leaving the network, instructions for requesting to maintain a connection, and instructions for requesting data processing;
步骤302、根据获取的第二信息,执行第二操作;Step 302: Perform a second operation according to the acquired second information;
其中,in,
所述第二操作包括如下至少一项:The second operation includes at least one of the following:
确定第一信息、发送所述第一信息、Determine the first information, send the first information,
发送所述第二信息、Sending the second information,
确定第三信息、发送所述第三信息、Determine the third information, send the third information,
在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内,执行第三操作;Perform the third operation within the first time when the terminal leaves the first network;
所述第三操作包括如下至少一项:The third operation includes at least one of the following:
保持终端处于连接态或保持终端与第一网络的连接、Keep the terminal in a connected state or keep the terminal connected to the first network,
停止对终端的数据调度、Stop data scheduling to the terminal,
停止发送下行数据、Stop sending downlink data,
挂起终端与所述第一网络的数据传输、Suspend data transmission between the terminal and the first network,
发送下行数据所属的业务类型指示信息;Send the indication information of the service type to which the downlink data belongs;
所述第一信息包括以下至少一项:第一时间、保持连接的指示信息、离开方式的指示信息、连接挂起的配置信息、带挂起指示的释放配置信息、数据处理的指示信息;The first information includes at least one of the following: the first time, the instruction information of keeping the connection, the instruction information of the leave mode, the configuration information of the connection suspension, the release configuration information with the suspension instruction, and the data processing instruction information;
所述第三信息包括以下至少一项:第一时间、保持连接的指示信息、离开方式的指示信息、第二离开指示信息、数据处理的指示信息。The third information includes at least one of the following: the first time, the instruction information of keeping the connection, the instruction information of the leaving mode, the second instruction information of leaving, and the instruction information of data processing.
一种实施方式中,可以通过连接释放信令(如UE上下文释放信令、或RRC连接释放信令)表示第二离开指示信息。In an implementation manner, the second leave indication information may be indicated by connection release signaling (such as UE context release signaling or RRC connection release signaling).
(1)一种实施方式中,第三信息包括:离开方式的指示信息。RAN网元设备根据所述离开方式的指示信息确定连接挂起的配置信息和/或带挂起指示的释放配置信息。比如第二信息中包含离开方式的指示信息为挂起时,RAN网元设备确定连接挂起的配置信息并发送给终端。比如第二信息中包含离开方式的指示信息为带挂起指示的释放时,RAN网元设备确定带挂起指示的释放配置信息并发送给终端。(1) In an implementation manner, the third information includes: indication information of a leave mode. The RAN network element device determines the connection suspension configuration information and/or the release configuration information with the suspension indication according to the indication information of the leave mode. For example, when the second information includes the indication information of the leave mode being suspended, the RAN network element device determines the configuration information of the connection suspension and sends it to the terminal. For example, when the second information contains the indication information of the leave mode as release with the suspension indication, the RAN network element device determines the release configuration information with the suspension indication and sends it to the terminal.
(2)另一种实施方式中,第三信息包括:第一时间。RAN网元根据所述第三信息,在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内,执行第三操作。(2) In another implementation manner, the third information includes: the first time. According to the third information, the RAN network element performs the third operation within the first time when the terminal leaves the first network.
进一步地,上述获取第二信息可以是接收终端发送的第二信息,当然,也可以是第二通信设备生成,或者根据配置获取的等。Further, the second information obtained above may be the second information sent by the receiving terminal, of course, it may also be generated by the second communication device, or obtained according to the configuration.
(1)一种实施方式中,第二通信设备是RAN网元设备,第二通信设备可以从以下至少一项获取所述第二信息:终端、其他RAN网元设备、CN网元设备。(1) In an implementation manner, the second communication device is a RAN network element device, and the second communication device may obtain the second information from at least one of the following: a terminal, other RAN network element devices, and CN network element devices.
(2)另一种实施方式中,第二通信设备是CN网元设备,第二通信设备可以从以下至少一项获取所述第二信息:终端、其他CN网元设备、RAN网元设备。一种实施方式中,第二通信设备是RAN网元设备,第二通信设备向以下至少一项发送所述确定的第一信息:终端、其他RAN网元设备。(2) In another implementation manner, the second communication device is a CN network element device, and the second communication device may obtain the second information from at least one of the following: a terminal, other CN network element devices, and RAN network element devices. In an implementation manner, the second communication device is a RAN network element device, and the second communication device sends the determined first information to at least one of the following: a terminal and other RAN network element devices.
进一步地,第二通信设备是CN网元设备,第二通信设备向以下至少一项发送所述确定的第一信息:终端、RAN网元设备、其他CN网元设备。一种实施方式中,上述发送第一信息可以是通过RRC消息或者NAS消息向终端发送第一信息。Further, the second communication device is a CN network element device, and the second communication device sends the determined first information to at least one of the following: a terminal, a RAN network element device, and other CN network element devices. In an implementation manner, the foregoing sending of the first information may be sending the first information to the terminal through an RRC message or a NAS message.
进一步地,第二通信设备是CN网元设备,第二通信设备向RAN网元设备发送所述第三信息。一种实施方式中,上述发送第二信息可以是,在第二通信设备为CN网元设备的情况下,CN网元设备从终端获取所述第二信息后,CN网元设备向RAN网元设备发送上述获取的第二信息。Further, the second communication device is a CN network element device, and the second communication device sends the third information to the RAN network element device. In an implementation manner, the foregoing sending of the second information may be that when the second communication device is a CN network element device, after the CN network element device obtains the second information from the terminal, the CN network element device sends the RAN network element to the RAN network element. The device sends the second information obtained above.
(3)一种实施方式中,上述发送所述第三信息可以是,在第二通信设备为核心网网元的情况下,核心网网元向接入网网元发送上述第三信息。(3) In an implementation manner, the foregoing sending of the third information may be that, in a case where the second communication device is a core network element, the core network element sends the foregoing third information to the access network element.
一种实施方式中,上述在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内,执行第三操作可以是在第二通信设备为接入网网元的情况下,接入网网元在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内,执行第三操作。In an implementation manner, performing the third operation during the first time when the terminal leaves the first network may be performed when the second communication device is an access network network element, and the access network network element leaves the first network when the terminal leaves the first network. Perform the third operation within the first time of the network.
可选的,所述第一时间包括以下之一:Optionally, the first time includes one of the following:
终端离开第一网络时保持终端处于连接态的时间、The time the terminal stays connected when it leaves the first network,
终端离开第一网络时保持终端与第一网络连接的时间。The time the terminal keeps being connected to the first network when it leaves the first network.
可选的,所述第二时间包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the second time includes at least one of the following:
请求的终端离开第一网络的时间、The time when the requested terminal leaves the first network,
请求的终端离开第一网络时保持终端处于连接态、When the requested terminal leaves the first network, keep the terminal in the connected state,
请求的终端离开第一网络时保持终端与第一网络连接的时间、The time that the requested terminal keeps the terminal connected to the first network when it leaves the first network,
请求停止对终端的数据调度的时间、Request to stop data scheduling to the terminal,
请求停止发送下行数据的时间、Request to stop sending downlink data time,
请求挂起终端与第一网络的数据传输的时间。Request to suspend data transmission time between the terminal and the first network.
可选的,所述第一离开指示信息用于指示以下至少一项:终端请求离开第一网络。Optionally, the first leaving indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal requests to leave the first network.
可选的,所述第二离开指示信息用于指示以下至少一项:终端离开第一网络。Optionally, the second leaving indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal leaves the first network.
可选的,所述请求保持连接的指示信息和/或所述请求数据处理的指示信息仅在第二条件下有效;其中,所述第二条件包括以下之一:终端离开第一网络时、第二时间内、终端离开第一网络的第二时间内。Optionally, the indication information requesting to maintain the connection and/or the indication information requesting data processing is only valid under a second condition; wherein, the second condition includes one of the following: when the terminal leaves the first network, The second time is the second time when the terminal leaves the first network.
可选的,所述保持连接的指示信息和/或所述数据处理的指示信息仅在第三条件下有效;其中,所述第三条件包括以下之一:终端离开第一网络时、第一时间内、终端离开第一网络的第一时间内。Optionally, the instruction information for maintaining the connection and/or the instruction information for data processing is only valid under a third condition; wherein, the third condition includes one of the following: when the terminal leaves the first network, the first Time, the first time the terminal leaves the first network.
可选的,所述请求保持连接的指示信息用于指示以下之一:请求保持终端处于连接态、请求保持终端与第一网络的连接。Optionally, the indication information requesting to keep the connection is used to indicate one of the following: requesting to keep the terminal in a connected state, and requesting to keep the connection between the terminal and the first network.
(1)一种实施方式中,所述请求保持终端处于连接态包括以下之一:(1) In an implementation manner, the request to keep the terminal in the connected state includes one of the following:
在终端离开第一网络的第二时间内保持终端处于连接态、Keep the terminal in the connected state during the second time when the terminal leaves the first network,
在第二时间内保持终端处于连接态、Keep the terminal in the connected state for the second time,
在终端离开第一网络时保持终端处于连接态、Keep the terminal in a connected state when the terminal leaves the first network,
在停止对终端的数据调度后保持终端处于连接态、After stopping the data scheduling of the terminal, keep the terminal in the connected state,
在停止发送下行数据后保持终端处于连接态、Keep the terminal in a connected state after stopping sending downlink data,
在挂起终端与第一网络的数据传输后保持终端处于连接态。Keep the terminal in a connected state after suspending data transmission between the terminal and the first network.
(2)一种实施方式中,所述请求保持终端与第一网络的连接包括以下之一:(2) In an implementation manner, the request to maintain the connection between the terminal and the first network includes one of the following:
在终端离开第一网络的第二时间内保持终端与第一网络的连接、Maintain the connection between the terminal and the first network during the second time when the terminal leaves the first network,
在第二时间内保持终端与第一网络的连接、Keep the terminal connected to the first network within the second time,
在终端离开第一网络时保持终端与第一网络的连接、Keep the connection between the terminal and the first network when the terminal leaves the first network,
在停止对终端的数据调度后保持终端与第一网络的连接、After stopping data scheduling to the terminal, keep the terminal connected to the first network,
在停止发送下行数据后保持终端与第一网络的连接、After stopping sending downlink data, keep the terminal connected to the first network,
在挂起终端与第一网络的数据传输后保持终端与第一网络的连接Maintain the connection between the terminal and the first network after suspending data transmission between the terminal and the first network
可选的,所述请求数据处理的指示信息用于指示以下至少一项:Optionally, the instruction information requesting data processing is used to indicate at least one of the following:
停止对终端的数据调度、请求停止发送下行数据、请求挂起终端与第一网络的数据传输。Stop data scheduling for the terminal, request to stop sending downlink data, and request to suspend data transmission between the terminal and the first network.
可选的,所述保持连接的指示信息用于指示以下之一:保持终端处于连接态、保持终端与第一网络的连接;Optionally, the keep-alive indication information is used to indicate one of the following: keep the terminal in a connected state, keep the terminal connected to the first network;
(1)一种实施方式中,所述保持终端处于连接态包括以下之一:(1) In an embodiment, the keeping the terminal in the connected state includes one of the following:
在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内保持终端处于连接态、Keep the terminal in the connected state within the first time the terminal leaves the first network,
在第一时间内保持终端处于连接态、Keep the terminal in the connected state for the first time,
在终端离开第一网络时保持终端处于连接态、Keep the terminal in a connected state when the terminal leaves the first network,
在停止对终端的数据调度后保持终端处于连接态、After stopping the data scheduling of the terminal, keep the terminal in the connected state,
在停止发送下行数据后保持终端处于连接态、Keep the terminal in a connected state after stopping sending downlink data,
在挂起终端与第一网络的数据传输后保持终端处于连接态。Keep the terminal in a connected state after suspending data transmission between the terminal and the first network.
(2)一种实施方式中,所述保持终端与第一网络的连接包括以下之一:(2) In an implementation manner, the maintaining the connection between the terminal and the first network includes one of the following:
在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内保持终端与第一网络的连接、Maintain the connection between the terminal and the first network within the first time when the terminal leaves the first network,
在第一时间内保持终端与第一网络的连接、Maintain the connection between the terminal and the first network for the first time,
在终端离开第一网络时保持终端与第一网络的连接、Keep the connection between the terminal and the first network when the terminal leaves the first network,
在停止对终端的数据调度后保持终端与第一网络的连接、After stopping data scheduling to the terminal, keep the terminal connected to the first network,
在停止发送下行数据后保持终端与第一网络的连接、After stopping sending downlink data, keep the terminal connected to the first network,
在挂起终端与第一网络的数据传输后保持终端与第一网络的连接Maintain the connection between the terminal and the first network after suspending data transmission between the terminal and the first network
可选的,所述请求数据处理的指示信息用于指示以下至少一项:Optionally, the instruction information requesting data processing is used to indicate at least one of the following:
请求停止对终端的数据调度、请求停止发送下行数据、请求挂起终端与第一网络的数据传输。Request to stop data scheduling to the terminal, request to stop sending downlink data, and request to suspend data transmission between the terminal and the first network.
(1)一种实施方式中,所述请求停止对终端的数据调度包括以下之一:在终端离开第一网络的第二时间内停止对终端的数据调度、在第二时间内停止对终端的数据调度、在终端离开第一网络时停止对终端的数据调度。(1) In an implementation manner, the request to stop the data scheduling of the terminal includes one of the following: stop the data scheduling of the terminal within the second time when the terminal leaves the first network, and stop the data scheduling to the terminal within the second time. Data scheduling: Stop data scheduling for the terminal when the terminal leaves the first network.
(2)一种实施方式中,所述请求停止发送下行数据的时间包括以下之一:在终端离开第一网络的第二时间内停止发送下行数据、在第二时间内停止发送下行数据、在终端离开第一网络时停止发送下行数据。(2) In an embodiment, the time for requesting to stop sending downlink data includes one of the following: stopping sending downlink data within the second time when the terminal leaves the first network, stopping sending downlink data within the second time, and When the terminal leaves the first network, it stops sending downlink data.
(3)一种实施方式中,所述请求挂起终端与第一网络的数据传输包括以下之一:在终端离开第一网络的第二时间内挂起终端与第一网络的数据传输、在第二时间内挂起终端与第一网络的数据传输、在终端离开第一网络时挂起终端与第一网络的数据传输。(3) In an embodiment, the request to suspend the data transmission between the terminal and the first network includes one of the following: suspend the data transmission between the terminal and the first network within the second time when the terminal leaves the first network, Suspend the data transmission between the terminal and the first network within the second time, and suspend the data transmission between the terminal and the first network when the terminal leaves the first network.
可选的,所述数据处理的指示信息用于指示以下至少一项:Optionally, the data processing instruction information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
停止对终端的数据调度、停止发送下行数据、挂起终端与第一网络的数据传输。Stop data scheduling for the terminal, stop sending downlink data, and suspend data transmission between the terminal and the first network.
(1)一种实施方式中,所述停止对终端的数据调度包括以下之一:在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内停止对终端的数据调度、在第一时间内停止对终端的数据调度、在终端离开第一网络时停止对终端的数据调度。(1) In an embodiment, the stopping of data scheduling to the terminal includes one of the following: stopping the data scheduling to the terminal within the first time when the terminal leaves the first network, and stopping the data scheduling to the terminal within the first time Scheduling, stopping the data scheduling of the terminal when the terminal leaves the first network.
(2)一种实施方式中,所述停止发送下行数据的时间包括以下之一:在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内停止发送下行数据、在第一时间内停止发送下行数据、在终端离开第一网络时停止发送下行数据。(2) In an embodiment, the time for stopping sending downlink data includes one of the following: stopping sending downlink data within the first time when the terminal leaves the first network, stopping sending downlink data within the first time, and Stop sending downlink data when leaving the first network.
(3)一种实施方式中,所述挂起终端与第一网络的数据传输包括以下之一:在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内挂起终端与第一网络的数据传输、在第一时间内挂起终端与第一网络的数据传输、在终端离开第一网络时挂起终端与第一网络的数据传输。(3) In an implementation manner, the suspending of data transmission between the terminal and the first network includes one of the following: suspending the data transmission between the terminal and the first network within the first time when the terminal leaves the first network, Suspend the data transmission between the terminal and the first network for a period of time, and suspend the data transmission between the terminal and the first network when the terminal leaves the first network.
一种实施方式中,第二通信设备在终端离开第一网络时、第一时间内或者终端离开第一网络的第一时间内才使用上述请求保持连接的指示信息、所 述请求数据处理的指示信息、所述保持连接的指示信息和所述数据处理的指示信息中的至少一项,以执行上述第二操作。In an implementation manner, the second communication device uses the above-mentioned indication information requesting to keep the connection and the indication requesting data processing only when the terminal leaves the first network, within the first time, or within the first time when the terminal leaves the first network At least one of the information, the instruction information of maintaining the connection, and the instruction information of the data processing to perform the above-mentioned second operation.
可选的,所述在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内包括以下之一:Optionally, the first time period when the terminal leaves the first network includes one of the following:
在接收所述第二信息后的第一时间内、Within the first time after receiving the second information,
在发送第一信息后的第一时间内、Within the first time after sending the first message,
在发送第三信息后的第一时间内、Within the first time after sending the third message,
在目标端接收第一信息后的第一时间内、在目标端接收第三信息后的第一时间内。Within the first time after the target terminal receives the first information, and within the first time after the target terminal receives the third information.
一种实施方式,在上述第二通信设备为核心网网元的情况下,上述目标终端可以是接入网网元。In an implementation manner, in a case where the above-mentioned second communication device is a core network element, the above-mentioned target terminal may be an access network element.
可选的,第一时间开始时间点包括以下之一:Optionally, the first time starting time point includes one of the following:
终端离开第一网络的时间点、The time point when the terminal leaves the first network,
接收所述第二信息的时间点、The time point when the second information was received,
发送所述第一信息的时间点、The time point at which the first information was sent,
发送所述第三信息的时间点、The time point when the third information was sent,
目标端接收第一信息的时间点、The time point when the target terminal received the first message,
发送所述第三信息的时间点。The time point at which the third information was sent.
可选的,第二时间开始时间点包括以下之一:Optionally, the start time of the second time includes one of the following:
终端离开第一网络的时间点、接收所述第二信息的时间点。The time point when the terminal leaves the first network and the time point when the second information is received.
可选的,所述离开方式的指示信息包括以下之一:释放,挂起,带挂起指示的释放。(1)可选的,所述释放包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the indication information of the leaving mode includes one of the following: release, suspension, and release with suspension indication. (1) Optionally, the release includes at least one of the following:
释放终端与第一网络的连接、在第一时间超时后释放终端与第一网络的连接、或在第一时间超时后本地释放终端与第一网络的连接;Releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network, releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network after the first time has expired, or locally releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network after the first time has expired;
将终端设置为空闲态或在第一时间超时后将终端设置为空闲态;Set the terminal to the idle state or set the terminal to the idle state after the first time expires;
删除终端上下文。Delete the terminal context.
(2)可选的,所述挂起包括以下之一:(2) Optionally, the suspension includes one of the following:
挂起终端与第一网络的连接、在第一时间超时后挂起终端与第一网络的连接,或在第一时间超时后本地挂起终端与第一网络的连接;Suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network, suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network after the first time expires, or suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network locally after the first time expires;
将终端设置为非活跃态、或在第一时间超时后将终端设置为非活跃态;Set the terminal to an inactive state, or set the terminal to an inactive state after the first time expires;
保留终端上下文。The terminal context is preserved.
(3)可选的,所述带挂起指示的释放包括以下至少一项:(3) Optionally, the release with suspension indication includes at least one of the following:
释放终端与第一网络的连接、在第一时间超时后释放终端与第一网络的连接、或在第一时间超时后本地释放终端与第一网络的连接;Releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network, releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network after the first time has expired, or locally releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network after the first time has expired;
将终端设置为空闲态或在第一时间超时后将终端设置为空闲态;Set the terminal to the idle state or set the terminal to the idle state after the first time expires;
保留终端上下文。The terminal context is preserved.
可选的,所述离开方式的指示信息包括挂起的情况下,所述第一信息还包括连接挂起的配置信息。Optionally, in a case where the indication information of the leave mode includes suspension, the first information further includes configuration information of connection suspension.
连接挂起的配置信息具体如图2实施例所述,此处不再赘述。The configuration information of connection suspension is specifically described in the embodiment in FIG. 2 and will not be repeated here.
可选的,所述离开方式的指示信息包括带挂起指示的释放的情况下,所述第一信息还包括带挂起指示的释放配置信息。Optionally, in a case where the indication information of the leaving mode includes release with a suspend indication, the first information further includes release configuration information with a suspend indication.
带挂起指示的释放配置信息具体如图2实施例所述,此处不再赘述。The release configuration information with the suspend indication is specifically described in the embodiment of FIG. 2 and will not be repeated here.
可选的,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method further includes:
在所述第一时间超时的情况下,根据所述离开方式的指示信息,执行以下至少一项:In the case where the first time has expired, at least one of the following is performed according to the indication information of the leaving mode:
将终端设置为空闲态或将终端设置为非活跃态;Set the terminal to the idle state or set the terminal to the inactive state;
本地释放终端与第一网络的连接、本地挂起终端与第一网络的连接或本地释放终端与第一网络的连接但保存终端的上下文。Locally release the connection between the terminal and the first network, locally suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network, or locally release the connection between the terminal and the first network but save the context of the terminal.
一种实施方式中,将终端设置为空闲态可以是,将终端相对于第一网络的状态设置为空闲态。In an implementation manner, setting the terminal to the idle state may be to set the state of the terminal relative to the first network to the idle state.
一种实施方式中,将终端设置为非活跃态可以是,将终端相对于第一网络的状态设置为非活跃态。In an implementation manner, setting the terminal to the inactive state may be setting the state of the terminal relative to the first network to the inactive state.
可选的,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method further includes:
在所述第一时间超时的情况下,执行以下至少一项:In the case where the first time expires, perform at least one of the following:
释放终端与第一网络的连接、挂起终端与第一网络的连接或释放终端与第一网络的连接但保存终端的上下文;Release the connection between the terminal and the first network, suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network, or release the connection between the terminal and the first network but save the context of the terminal;
将终端设置为空闲态或将终端设置为非活跃态;Set the terminal to the idle state or set the terminal to the inactive state;
本地释放终端与第一网络的连接、本地挂起终端与第一网络的连接或本地释放终端与第一网络的连接但保存终端的上下文。Locally release the connection between the terminal and the first network, locally suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network, or locally release the connection between the terminal and the first network but save the context of the terminal.
一种实施方式中,所述释放终端与第一网络的连接包括:发送释放CN与RAN间关于终端的连接的释放命令(如UE上下文释放命令)。比如所述第二通信设备为CN网元设备时,CN网元设备可以向RAN网元设备发送UE上下文释放命令。In an implementation manner, the releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network includes sending a release command (such as a UE context release command) for releasing the connection between the CN and the RAN regarding the terminal. For example, when the second communication device is a CN network element device, the CN network element device may send a UE context release command to the RAN network element device.
(1)一种实施方式中,释放终端与第一网络的连接与本地释放终端与第一网络的连接的区别是:释放终端与第一网络的连接需要触发相关的释放信令。本地释放终端与第一网络的连接则不需要触发相关的释放信令。(1) In one implementation, the difference between releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network and locally releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network is that releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network requires triggering related release signaling. The local release of the connection between the terminal and the first network does not need to trigger related release signaling.
(2)一种实施方式中,挂起终端与第一网络的连接与本地挂起终端与第一网络的连接的区别是:挂起终端与第一网络的连接需要触发相关的携带连接连接挂起的配置信息的释放信令。本地挂起终端与第一网络的连接则不需要触发相关的释放信令。(2) In one embodiment, the difference between the connection of the suspending terminal and the first network and the connection of the local suspending terminal and the first network is: suspending the connection of the terminal and the first network needs to trigger the relevant portable connection connection suspension Release signaling of the configuration information from the start. If the connection between the terminal and the first network is suspended locally, there is no need to trigger related release signaling.
(3)一种实施方式中,释放终端与第一网络的连接但保存终端的上下文与本地释放终端与第一网络的连接但保存终端的上下文的区别是:释放终端与第一网络的连接但保存终端的上下文需要触发相关的携带带挂起指示的释放配置的释放信令。本地释放终端与第一网络的连接但保存终端的上下文则不需要触发相关的释放信令。(3) In one embodiment, the difference between releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network but saving the context of the terminal and locally releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network but saving the context of the terminal is: releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network but Saving the context of the terminal needs to trigger the related release signaling carrying the release configuration with the suspension indication. Locally releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network but saving the context of the terminal does not need to trigger related release signaling.
一种实施方式中,在收到第一离开指示信息时,网络向终端发送连接挂起的配置信息、带挂起指示的释放配置信息和/或离开方式的指示信息。终端收到所述信息后,并不立即释放或立即挂起终端与第一网络的连接,而是等 候第一时间超时后再释放或挂起终端与第一网络的连接。由于终端和网络均具有终端的离开方式的指示信息、带挂起指示的释放配置信息和/或连接挂起的配置信息,不难理解,终端和网络可以不需要再触发释放或挂起的相关信令,可以本地释放或挂起In an implementation manner, upon receiving the first leaving instruction information, the network sends to the terminal the connection suspension configuration information, the release configuration information with the suspension instruction, and/or the leaving mode instruction information. After receiving the information, the terminal does not immediately release or suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network, but waits for the first time to expire before releasing or suspending the connection between the terminal and the first network. Since both the terminal and the network have the indication information of the terminal's leaving mode, the release configuration information with the suspension indication and/or the configuration information of the connection suspension, it is not difficult to understand that the terminal and the network do not need to trigger the release or suspension. Signaling, which can be released or suspended locally
可选的,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method further includes:
获取第四信息,所述第四信息用于指示以下至少一项:终端撤销离开所述第一网络,请求恢复对终端数据的调度,请求恢复发送下行数据,请求恢复终端与所述第一网络的数据传输,请求停止对第一时间计时。Obtain fourth information, where the fourth information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal withdraws from the first network, requests to resume scheduling of terminal data, requests to resume sending downlink data, and requests to resume the terminal and the first network Request to stop counting the first time.
一种实施方式中,通过上述第三信息可以实现快速撤销离开第一网络。In an implementation manner, the third information can be used to quickly withdraw from the first network.
可选的,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method further includes:
在所述第一时间未超时的情况下,根据所述第四信息执行所述第四操作;In the case where the first time has not expired, execute the fourth operation according to the fourth information;
其中,in,
所述第四操作包括以下至少一项:The fourth operation includes at least one of the following:
在终端上下文中删除所述第一信息、Delete the first information in the terminal context,
在终端上下文中删除所述第二信息、Delete the second information in the terminal context,
在终端上下文中删除所述第三信息、Delete the third information in the terminal context,
恢复对终端的数据调度、Restore data scheduling to the terminal,
恢复发送下行数据、Resume sending downlink data,
恢复终端与所述第一网络的数据传输、Resume data transmission between the terminal and the first network,
停止对第一时间计时、Stop counting the first time,
确定第五信息、发送所述确定的第五信息;Determine fifth information, and send the determined fifth information;
所述第五信息用于指示以下至少一项:终端撤销离开所述第一网络,恢复对终端数据的调度,恢复发送下行数据,恢复终端与所述第一网络的数据传输,停止对第一时间计时,删除第三信息的指示信息或第三信息失效的指示信息。The fifth information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal withdraws from leaving the first network, resumes scheduling of terminal data, resumes sending downlink data, resumes data transmission between the terminal and the first network, and stops communicating with the first network. Time is counted, and the indication information of the third information or the indication information of the invalidity of the third information is deleted.
一种实施方式中,第二通信设备是CN网元设备,第二通信设备向RAN网元设备发送所述第五信息。In an implementation manner, the second communication device is a CN network element device, and the second communication device sends the fifth information to the RAN network element device.
本申请实施例中,通过上述步骤可以实现,根据获取的第二信息,执行第二操作,这样可以避免终端离开后又很快返回第一网络导致多余的连接释放/挂起和连接建立/连接恢复过程产生,以提高终端的业务性能。In the embodiment of the present application, the above steps can be implemented to perform the second operation according to the acquired second information, which can avoid the terminal returning to the first network soon after leaving, causing redundant connection release/hanging and connection establishment/connection The recovery process is generated to improve the service performance of the terminal.
请参见图4,图4是本申请实施例提供的另一种离开网络的控制方法的流程图,该方法应用于第三通信设备。一种实施方式中,第三通信设备包括RAN网元设备(如eNB,或gNB)。另一种实施方式中,第三通信设备包括但不限于以下之一:CN网元设备(如MME,或AMF),所述方法包括:Please refer to FIG. 4, which is a flowchart of another method for controlling leaving the network according to an embodiment of the present application, and the method is applied to a third communication device. In an implementation manner, the third communication device includes a RAN network element device (such as an eNB, or a gNB). In another implementation manner, the third communication device includes but is not limited to one of the following: a CN network element device (such as MME, or AMF), and the method includes:
步骤401、获取第三信息,所述第三信息包括以下至少一项:第一时间、保持连接的指示信息、离开方式的指示信息、第二离开指示信息、数据处理的指示信息;Step 401: Acquire third information, where the third information includes at least one of the following: a first time, instruction information to keep a connection, instruction information of a leaving mode, second instruction information of leaving, and data processing instruction information;
步骤402、根据所述第三信息,执行第五操作;Step 402: Perform a fifth operation according to the third information;
其中,in,
所述第五操作包括如下至少一项:The fifth operation includes at least one of the following:
为终端确定连接挂起的配置信息、Determine the configuration information of the terminal for connection suspension,
为终端确定带挂起指示的释放配置信息、Determine the release configuration information with suspend indication for the terminal,
确定第二信息、Determine the second information,
发送所述第二信息、Sending the second information,
在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内,执行第六操作;Perform the sixth operation within the first time when the terminal leaves the first network;
其中,in,
所述第六操作包括如下至少一项:The sixth operation includes at least one of the following:
保持终端处于连接态或保持终端与第一网络的连接;Keep the terminal in a connected state or keep the terminal connected to the first network;
停止对终端的数据调度;Stop data scheduling to the terminal;
停止发送下行数据;Stop sending downlink data;
挂起终端与所述第一网络的数据传输。Suspend data transmission between the terminal and the first network.
一种实施方式中,第三通信设备是接入网网元设备,第三通信设备可以从以下至少一项获取所述第三信息:其他接入网网元设备、核心网元设备。In an implementation manner, the third communication device is an access network element device, and the third communication device may obtain the third information from at least one of the following: other access network element devices and core network element devices.
一种实施方式中,上述获取第三信息可以是第三通信设备生成,或者根据配置获取的。In an implementation manner, the third information obtained above may be generated by the third communication device or obtained according to configuration.
一种实施方式中,上述第三信息和第二信息具体包含信息可以参见图3所示的实施例的相应说明,此处不作赘述。In an implementation manner, for the specific information contained in the foregoing third information and second information, reference may be made to the corresponding description of the embodiment shown in FIG. 3, which is not repeated here.
一种实施方式中,上述连接挂起的配置信息,带挂起指示的释放配置信息、可以参见图2和图3所示的实施例的相应说明,此处不作赘述。In an implementation manner, the configuration information of the above connection suspension and the release configuration information with the suspension indication may refer to the corresponding descriptions of the embodiments shown in FIG. 2 and FIG. 3, which will not be repeated here.
可选的,所述第一时间包括以下之一:Optionally, the first time includes one of the following:
终端离开第一网络时保持终端处于连接态的时间、The time the terminal stays connected when it leaves the first network,
终端离开第一网络时保持终端与第一网络连接的时间。The time the terminal keeps being connected to the first network when it leaves the first network.
可选的,所述保持连接的指示信息用于指示以下之一:保持终端处于连接态、保持终端与第一网络的连接;Optionally, the keep-alive indication information is used to indicate one of the following: keep the terminal in a connected state, keep the terminal connected to the first network;
一种实施方式中,所述保持终端处于连接态包括以下之一:In an implementation manner, the keeping the terminal in the connected state includes one of the following:
在终端离开第一网络的第二时间内保持终端处于连接态、Keep the terminal in the connected state during the second time when the terminal leaves the first network,
在第二时间内保持终端处于连接态、Keep the terminal in the connected state for the second time,
在终端离开第一网络时保持终端处于连接态、Keep the terminal in the connected state when the terminal leaves the first network,
在停止对终端的数据调度后保持终端处于连接态、After stopping the data scheduling of the terminal, keep the terminal in the connected state,
在停止发送下行数据后保持终端处于连接态、Keep the terminal in a connected state after stopping sending downlink data,
在挂起终端与第一网络的数据传输后保持终端处于连接态。Keep the terminal in a connected state after suspending data transmission between the terminal and the first network.
一种实施方式中,所述保持终端与第一网络的连接包括以下之一:In an implementation manner, the maintaining the connection between the terminal and the first network includes one of the following:
在终端离开第一网络的第二时间内保持终端与第一网络的连接、Maintain the connection between the terminal and the first network during the second time when the terminal leaves the first network,
在第二时间内保持终端与第一网络的连接、Keep the terminal connected to the first network within the second time,
在终端离开第一网络时保持终端与第一网络的连接、Keep the connection between the terminal and the first network when the terminal leaves the first network,
在停止对终端的数据调度后保持终端与第一网络的连接、After stopping data scheduling to the terminal, keep the terminal connected to the first network,
在停止发送下行数据后保持终端与第一网络的连接、After stopping sending downlink data, keep the terminal connected to the first network,
在挂起终端与第一网络的数据传输后保持终端与第一网络的连接。After the data transmission between the terminal and the first network is suspended, the connection between the terminal and the first network is maintained.
可选的,所述第二离开指示信息用于指示以下至少一项:终端离开第一网络。Optionally, the second leaving indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal leaves the first network.
一种实施方式中,可以通过连接释放信令(如UE上下文释放信令、或RRC连接释放信令)表示第二离开指示信息。In an implementation manner, the second leave indication information may be indicated by connection release signaling (such as UE context release signaling or RRC connection release signaling).
可选的,所述数据处理的指示信息用于指示以下至少一项:Optionally, the data processing instruction information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
停止对终端的数据调度、停止发送下行数据、挂起终端与第一网络的数据传输。Stop data scheduling for the terminal, stop sending downlink data, and suspend data transmission between the terminal and the first network.
一种实施方式中,所述停止对终端的数据调度包括以下之一:In an implementation manner, the stopping of data scheduling to the terminal includes one of the following:
在终端离开第一网络的第二时间内停止对终端的数据调度、Stop data scheduling to the terminal within the second time when the terminal leaves the first network,
在第二时间内停止对终端的数据调度、Stop data scheduling to the terminal within the second time,
在终端离开第一网络时停止对终端的数据调度。When the terminal leaves the first network, the data scheduling of the terminal is stopped.
一种实施方式中,所述停止发送下行数据的时间包括以下之一:In an implementation manner, the time for stopping sending downlink data includes one of the following:
在终端离开第一网络的第二时间内停止发送下行数据、Stop sending downlink data within the second time when the terminal leaves the first network,
在第二时间内停止发送下行数据、Stop sending downlink data within the second time,
在终端离开第一网络时停止发送下行数据。Stop sending downlink data when the terminal leaves the first network.
一种实施方式中,所述挂起终端与第一网络的数据传输包括以下之一:In an implementation manner, the data transmission between the suspended terminal and the first network includes one of the following:
在终端离开第一网络的第二时间内挂起终端与第一网络的数据传输、Suspend data transmission between the terminal and the first network within the second time when the terminal leaves the first network,
在第二时间内挂起终端与第一网络的数据传输、Suspend the data transmission between the terminal and the first network within the second time,
在终端离开第一网络时挂起终端与第一网络的数据传输。When the terminal leaves the first network, the data transmission between the terminal and the first network is suspended.
可选的,所述保持连接的指示信息和/或所述数据处理的指示信息仅在第三条件下有效;Optionally, the instruction information for maintaining the connection and/or the instruction information for data processing is only valid under the third condition;
其中,所述第三条件包括以下之一:Wherein, the third condition includes one of the following:
终端离开第一网络时、When the terminal leaves the first network,
第一时间内、Within the first time,
终端离开第一网络的第一时间内。The first time the terminal leaves the first network.
一种实施方式中,第三通信设备在终端离开第一网络时、第一时间内或者终端离开第一网络的第一时间内才根据上述保持连接的指示信息和/或所述数据处理的指示信息执行上述第五操作。In an implementation manner, the third communication device does not only follow the above-mentioned keep-alive instruction information and/or the data processing instruction when the terminal leaves the first network, within the first time, or when the terminal leaves the first network. Information performs the fifth operation above.
可选的,所述在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内包括以下之一:在接收所述第三信息后的第一时间内;在发送第一信息后的第一时间内、在目标端接收第一信息后的第一时间内。Optionally, the first time that the terminal leaves the first network includes one of the following: within the first time after receiving the third information; within the first time after sending the first information, in the target The first time after the terminal receives the first information.
可选的,第一时间开始时间点包括以下之一:终端离开第一网络的时间点、接收所述第三信息的时间点、发送所述第一信息的时间点、目标端接收第一信息的时间点。Optionally, the first time start time point includes one of the following: the time point when the terminal leaves the first network, the time point when the third information is received, the time point when the first information is sent, and the target terminal receives the first information Point in time.
一种实施方式中,所述停止发送下行数据包括以下之一:In an implementation manner, the stopping sending downlink data includes one of the following:
停止发送下行用户面数据;Stop sending downlink user plane data;
停止发送下行控制面和下行用户面数据;Stop sending downlink control plane and downlink user plane data;
停止发送所有的控制面数据除了下行NAS信令或下行RRC信令之外;Stop sending all control plane data except for downlink NAS signaling or downlink RRC signaling;
停止发送所有的控制面数据除了下行数据所属的业务类型指示信息之外。Stop sending all control plane data except the service type indication information to which the downlink data belongs.
一种实施方式中,数据所述的业务类型指示信息可以被包含在控制面信令(控制面信令属于控制面数据)中发送给终端,如通知消息(Notification)。数据所属的业务类型指示信息中的所述数据可以是控制面数据或用户面数据,控制面数据比如基于NAS的短信;用户面数据比如IMS语音。IMS语音数据的业务类型指示信息可以为IMS语音。基于NAS的短信的业务类型指示信息可以为短信。In an implementation manner, the service type indication information described in the data may be included in control plane signaling (control plane signaling belongs to control plane data) and sent to the terminal, such as a notification message (Notification). The data in the service type indication information to which the data belongs may be control plane data or user plane data, such as NAS-based short messages; and user plane data such as IMS voice. The service type indication information of the IMS voice data may be IMS voice. The service type indication information of the NAS-based short message may be a short message.
可选的,所述离开方式的指示信息包括以下之一:释放,挂起,带挂起指示的释放。Optionally, the indication information of the leaving mode includes one of the following: release, suspension, and release with suspension indication.
可选的,所述释放包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the release includes at least one of the following:
释放终端与第一网络的连接、在第一时间超时后释放终端与第一网络的连接或在第一时间超时后本地释放终端与第一网络的连接;Releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network, releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network after the first time has expired, or locally releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network after the first time has expired;
将终端设置为空闲态或在第一时间超时后将终端设置为空闲态;Set the terminal to the idle state or set the terminal to the idle state after the first time expires;
删除终端上下文。Delete the terminal context.
可选的,所述挂起包括以下之一:Optionally, the suspension includes one of the following:
挂起终端与第一网络的连接、在第一时间超时后挂起终端与第一网络的连接或在第一时间超时后本地挂起终端与第一网络的连接;Suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network, suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network after the first time expires, or suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network locally after the first time expires;
将终端设置为非活跃态或在第一时间超时后将终端设置为非活跃态;Set the terminal to an inactive state or set the terminal to an inactive state after the first time expires;
保留终端上下文。The terminal context is preserved.
可选的,所述带挂起指示的释放包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the release with suspension indication includes at least one of the following:
释放终端与第一网络的连接、在第一时间超时后释放终端与第一网络的连接、或在第一时间超时后本地释放终端与第一网络的连接;Releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network, releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network after the first time has expired, or locally releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network after the first time has expired;
将终端设置为空闲态或在第一时间超时后将终端设置为空闲态;Set the terminal to the idle state or set the terminal to the idle state after the first time expires;
保留终端上下文。The terminal context is preserved.
一种实施方式中,上述离开方式的指示信息指示的释放,挂起,带挂起指示的释放可以参见图2和图3所示实施例的相应说明,此处不作赘述。In an implementation manner, the release, suspend, and release with suspend indication indicated by the indication information of the above-mentioned leaving mode can refer to the corresponding description of the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 and FIG. 3, which will not be repeated here.
可选的,所述离开方式的指示信息包括挂起的情况下,所述第一信息还包括连接挂起的配置信息。Optionally, in a case where the indication information of the leave mode includes suspension, the first information further includes configuration information of connection suspension.
可选的,所述离开方式的指示信息包括带挂起指示的释放的情况下,所述第一信息还包括带挂起指示的释放配置信息。Optionally, in a case where the indication information of the leaving mode includes release with a suspend indication, the first information further includes release configuration information with a suspend indication.
可选的,所述离开方式的指示信息包括挂起的情况下,所述第五操作包括为终端确定连接挂起的配置信息。Optionally, in a case where the indication information of the leave mode includes suspension, the fifth operation includes configuration information for determining the connection suspension for the terminal.
可选的,所述离开方式的指示信息包括带挂起指示的释放的情况下,所述第五操作包括为终端确定带挂起指示的释放配置信息。Optionally, in a case where the indication information of the leaving mode includes release with a suspend indication, the fifth operation includes determining release configuration information with a suspend indication for the terminal.
一种实施方式中,连接挂起的配置信息,带挂起指示的释放配置信息可以参见图2和图3所示实施例的相应说明,此处不作赘述。In an implementation manner, the configuration information of connection suspension and the release configuration information with a suspension indication may refer to the corresponding descriptions of the embodiments shown in FIG. 2 and FIG. 3, which will not be repeated here.
可选的,所述离开方式的指示信息包括带挂起指示的释放的情况下,所述第一信息还包括带挂起指示的释放配置信息Optionally, in a case where the indication information of the leaving mode includes release with a suspend indication, the first information further includes release configuration information with a suspend indication
可选的,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method further includes:
在所述第一时间超时的情况下,根据所述离开方式的指示信息,执行以下至少一项:In the case where the first time has expired, at least one of the following is performed according to the indication information of the leaving mode:
将终端设置为空闲态或将终端设置为非活跃态;Set the terminal to the idle state or set the terminal to the inactive state;
本地释放终端与第一网络的连接、本地挂起终端与第一网络的连接或本地释放终端与第一网络的连接但保存终端的上下文。Locally release the connection between the terminal and the first network, locally suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network, or locally release the connection between the terminal and the first network but save the context of the terminal.
一种实施方式中,上述至少一项可以参见图2和图3所示实施例的相应说明,此处不作赘述。In an implementation manner, for at least one of the foregoing, reference may be made to the corresponding description of the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 and FIG. 3, which is not repeated here.
可选的,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method further includes:
在所述第一时间超时的情况下,执行以下至少一项:In the case where the first time expires, perform at least one of the following:
释放终端与第一网络的连接、挂起终端与第一网络的连接或释放终端与第一网络的连接但保存终端的上下文;Release the connection between the terminal and the first network, suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network, or release the connection between the terminal and the first network but save the context of the terminal;
将终端设置为空闲态或将终端设置为非活跃态;Set the terminal to the idle state or set the terminal to the inactive state;
本地释放终端与第一网络的连接、本地挂起终端与第一网络的连接或本地释放终端与第一网络的连接但保存终端的上下文。Locally release the connection between the terminal and the first network, locally suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network, or locally release the connection between the terminal and the first network but save the context of the terminal.
一种实施方式中,上述至少一项可以参见图2和图3所示实施例的相应说明,此处不作赘述。In an implementation manner, for at least one of the foregoing, reference may be made to the corresponding description of the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 and FIG. 3, which is not repeated here.
可选的,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method further includes:
获取第四信息,所述第四信息用于指示以下至少一项:终端撤销离开所述第一网络,请求恢复对终端数据的调度,请求恢复发送下行数据,请求恢复终端与所述第一网络的数据传输,请求停止对第一时间计时。Obtain fourth information, where the fourth information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal withdraws from the first network, requests to resume scheduling of terminal data, requests to resume sending downlink data, and requests to resume the terminal and the first network Data transmission, request to stop counting the first time.
一种实施方式中,在上述第三通信设备为接入网网元的情况下,上述获取第四信息可以终端接收所述第四信息。另一种实施方式中,上述获取第四信息可以从以下之一获取:核心网网元、其他接入网网元。In an implementation manner, in a case where the third communication device is an access network element, the fourth information may be obtained by the terminal to receive the fourth information. In another implementation manner, the fourth information obtained above may be obtained from one of the following: core network network elements, other access network network elements.
可选的,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method further includes:
在所述第一时间未超时的情况下,根据所述第四信息执行所述第七操作;In the case where the first time has not expired, execute the seventh operation according to the fourth information;
所述第七操作包括以下至少一项:The seventh operation includes at least one of the following:
在终端上下文中删除所述第一信息、Delete the first information in the terminal context,
在终端上下文中删除所述第三信息、Delete the third information in the terminal context,
恢复对终端的数据调度,Restore data scheduling to the terminal,
恢复发送下行数据,Resume sending downlink data,
恢复终端与所述第一网络的数据传输,Resume data transmission between the terminal and the first network,
停止对第一时间计时。Stop counting the first time.
一种实施方式中,通过上述第七操作可以实现及时撤销终端离开第一网络。In an implementation manner, the above-mentioned seventh operation can realize timely cancellation of the terminal's leaving the first network.
可选的,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method further includes:
获取第五信息,所述第五信息用于指示以下至少一项:终端撤销离开所述第一网络,恢复对终端数据的调度,恢复发送下行数据,恢复终端与所述第一网络的数据传输,停止对第一时间计时,删除第三信息的指示信息或第三信息失效的指示信息;Acquire fifth information, where the fifth information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal cancels leaving the first network, resumes scheduling of terminal data, resumes sending downlink data, resumes data transmission between the terminal and the first network , Stop counting the first time, delete the indication information of the third information or the indication information that the third information is invalid;
根据所述第五信息,执行第八操作;Perform an eighth operation according to the fifth information;
所述第八操作包括以下至少一项:The eighth operation includes at least one of the following:
在终端上下文中删除所述第三信息、Delete the third information in the terminal context,
恢复对终端的数据调度,Restore data scheduling to the terminal,
恢复发送下行数据,Resume sending downlink data,
恢复终端与所述第一网络的数据传输,Resume data transmission between the terminal and the first network,
停止对第一时间计时。Stop counting the first time.
一种实施方式中,在第三通信设备为接入网网元的情况下,上述获取第五信息可以是从核心网网元接收。In an implementation manner, in a case where the third communication device is an access network element, the fifth information obtained above may be received from a core network element.
一种实施方式中,根据所述的第五信息,执行第八操作可以是在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内根据所述的第五信息,执行第八操作。In an implementation manner, performing the eighth operation according to the fifth information may be performing the eighth operation according to the fifth information within the first time when the terminal leaves the first network.
一种实施方式中,上述根据所述的第五信息,执行第八操作可以是在满足第四条件下,根据所述的第五信息,执行第八操作。In an implementation manner, performing the eighth operation based on the fifth information may be performing the eighth operation based on the fifth information when the fourth condition is satisfied.
一种实施方式中,第四条件包括:所述第一时间未超时。第一时间为本申请实施例中,通过上述步骤可以实现,根据所述第五信息,执行第八操作,这样可以避免终端离开后又很快返回第一网络导致多余的连接释放/挂起和连接建立/连接恢复过程产生,以提高终端的业务性能。In an embodiment, the fourth condition includes: the first time has not expired. The first time is the embodiment of this application, which can be achieved through the above steps. According to the fifth information, the eighth operation is performed, which can prevent the terminal from returning to the first network soon after leaving and causing redundant connection release/hanging and The connection establishment/connection restoration process is generated to improve the service performance of the terminal.
本申请实施例中,通过上述步骤可以实现,根据第三信息,执行第五操作,这样可以避免终端离开后又很快返回第一网络导致多余的连接释放/挂起和连接建立/连接恢复过程产生,以提高终端的业务性能。In the embodiment of the present application, the above steps can be implemented. According to the third information, the fifth operation is performed, which can avoid the unnecessary connection release/suspension and connection establishment/connection recovery process caused by the terminal returning to the first network soon after leaving. Generated to improve the service performance of the terminal.
下面以多个实施例对本申请提供的离开网络的控制方法进行举例说明:The following uses multiple embodiments to illustrate the method for controlling leaving the network provided in this application:
实施例1:Example 1:
该实施例可以参见图5,如图5所示,包括以下步骤:This embodiment can be seen in Figure 5, as shown in Figure 5, including the following steps:
步骤1、UE向RAN网元发送离开请求。可选地,所述离开请求中包含第二信息。第二信息如图2或图3实施例所述。Step 1. The UE sends a leave request to the RAN network element. Optionally, the leaving request includes second information. The second information is as described in the embodiment of FIG. 2 or FIG. 3.
可选的,RAN网元根据获取的第二信息,执行第二操作。具体如图3实施例所述。Optionally, the RAN network element performs the second operation according to the acquired second information. The details are described in the embodiment of FIG. 3.
步骤2、RAN网元向UE发送离开响应,该离开响应,可选地,包括第一信息。第一信息如图2或图3实施例所述。Step 2. The RAN network element sends a leave response to the UE. The leave response optionally includes the first information. The first information is as described in the embodiment of FIG. 2 or FIG. 3.
示例性地,所述第一信息比如以下至少一项:离开方式的指示信息且所述离开方式的指示信息指示释放、第一时间;Exemplarily, the first information may include at least one of the following: indication information of a leave mode, and the indication information of the leave mode indicates a release and a first time;
示例性地,所述第一信息比如以下至少一项:离开方式的指示信息且所述离开方式的指示信息指示挂起、连接挂起的配置信息、第一时间;Exemplarily, the first information may include at least one of the following: indication information of a leave mode and the indication information of the leave mode indicates suspension, configuration information for connection suspension, and the first time;
示例性地,所述第一信息比如以下至少一项:离开方式的指示信息且所述离开方式的指示信息指示带挂起指示的释放、带挂起指示的释放配置信息、第一时间;Exemplarily, the first information may include at least one of the following: indication information of a leave mode and the indication information of the leave mode indicates a release with a suspend indication, release configuration information with a suspend indication, and the first time;
可选地,在步骤2后,UE的第一时间开始计时。Optionally, after step 2, the first time of the UE starts timing.
可选地,在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内,UE网元执行第一操作,具体如图2实施例所述。Optionally, within the first time when the terminal leaves the first network, the UE network element performs the first operation, specifically as described in the embodiment in FIG. 2.
可选地,在步骤2后,RAN网元的第一时间开始计时。Optionally, after step 2, the first time of the RAN network element starts timing.
可选地,在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内,RAN网元执行第三操作,具体如图3实施例所述。Optionally, within the first time when the terminal leaves the first network, the RAN network element performs the third operation, as described in the embodiment in FIG. 3.
步骤3、在第一时间内,可选地,RAN网元向UE发送下行数据所属的业务类型指示信息。Step 3. In the first time, optionally, the RAN network element sends the indication information of the service type to which the downlink data belongs to the UE.
步骤4、可选地,在第一时间超时前,UE向RAN网元发送第四信息。。Step 4. Optionally, before the first time expires, the UE sends fourth information to the RAN network element. .
所述第四信息用于指示以下至少一项:终端撤销离开所述第一网络,请求恢复对终端数据的调度,请求恢复发送下行数据,请求恢复终端与所述第一网络的数据传输,停止对第一时间计时。The fourth information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal withdraws from leaving the first network, requests to resume scheduling of terminal data, requests to resume sending downlink data, requests to resume data transmission between the terminal and the first network, and stops Time the first time.
一种实施方式中,UE根据所述下行数据所属的业务类型指示信息,确定发送第四信息。In an implementation manner, the UE determines to send the fourth information according to the indication information of the service type to which the downlink data belongs.
步骤5、在所述第一时间超时的情况下,根据所述离开方式的指示信息,执行以下至少一项:Step 5. In the case where the first time expires, perform at least one of the following according to the indication information of the leaving mode:
将终端设置为空闲态或将终端设置为非活跃态;Set the terminal to the idle state or set the terminal to the inactive state;
本地释放终端与第一网络的连接、本地挂起终端与第一网络的连接或本地释放终端与第一网络的连接但保存终端的上下文。Locally release the connection between the terminal and the first network, locally suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network, or locally release the connection between the terminal and the first network but save the context of the terminal.
具体地,当步骤4执行时,步骤5不会执行。Specifically, when step 4 is executed, step 5 will not be executed.
实施例2:Example 2:
该实施例可以参见图6,如图6所示,包括以下步骤:This embodiment can be seen in FIG. 6, as shown in FIG. 6, and includes the following steps:
步骤1、UE向CN网元发送离开请求。可选地,所述离开请求中包含第二信息。第二信息如图2或图3实施例所述。Step 1. The UE sends a leave request to the CN network element. Optionally, the leaving request includes second information. The second information is as described in the embodiment of FIG. 2 or FIG. 3.
可选的,CN网元根据获取的第二信息,执行第二操作。具体如图3实施例所述。Optionally, the CN network element performs the second operation according to the acquired second information. The details are as described in the embodiment of FIG. 3.
步骤2、CN网元向RAN网元发送第三信息,第三信息具体如图2或图3实施例所述。Step 2. The CN network element sends the third information to the RAN network element, and the third information is specifically described in the embodiment of FIG. 2 or FIG. 3.
示例性地,第三信息包括如下至少一项:第二离开指示信息、第一时间、离开方式的指示信息、保持连接的指示信息、数据处理的指示信息。Exemplarily, the third information includes at least one of the following: second leaving instruction information, first time, leaving mode instruction information, maintaining connection instruction information, and data processing instruction information.
可选的,RAN网元根据获取的第三信息,执行第五操作。具体如图4实施例所述。Optionally, the RAN network element performs the fifth operation according to the acquired third information. The details are as described in the embodiment of FIG. 4.
可选地,在步骤2后,CN网元的第一时间开始计时。Optionally, after step 2, the first time of the CN network element starts timing.
可选地,在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内,CN网元执行第三操作,具体如图3实施例所述。Optionally, during the first time when the terminal leaves the first network, the CN network element performs the third operation, as described in the embodiment in FIG. 3 in detail.
步骤3、RAN网元向UE发送第一信息。第一信息如图2或图3实施例所述。Step 3. The RAN network element sends the first information to the UE. The first information is as described in the embodiment of FIG. 2 or FIG. 3.
示例性地,所述第一信息比如以下至少一项:离开方式的指示信息且所述离开方式的指示信息指示释放、第一时间;Exemplarily, the first information may include at least one of the following: indication information of a leave mode, and the indication information of the leave mode indicates a release and a first time;
示例性地,所述第一信息比如以下至少一项:离开方式的指示信息且所述离开方式的指示信息指示挂起、连接挂起的配置信息、第一时间;Exemplarily, the first information may include at least one of the following: indication information of a leave mode and the indication information of the leave mode indicates suspension, configuration information for connection suspension, and the first time;
示例性地,所述第一信息比如以下至少一项:离开方式的指示信息且所述离开方式的指示信息指示带挂起指示的释放、带挂起指示的释放配置信息、第一时间;Exemplarily, the first information may include at least one of the following: indication information of a leave mode and the indication information of the leave mode indicates release with a suspend indication, release configuration information with a suspend indication, and the first time;
在步骤2后,UE的第一时间开始计时。After step 2, the UE's first time starts to count.
可选地,在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内,UE网元执行第一操作,具体如图2实施例所述。Optionally, within the first time when the terminal leaves the first network, the UE network element performs the first operation, specifically as described in the embodiment in FIG. 2.
可选地,在步骤2后,RAN网元的第一时间开始计时。Optionally, after step 2, the first time of the RAN network element starts timing.
可选地,在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内,RAN网元执行第六操作,具体如图4实施例所述。Optionally, during the first time when the terminal leaves the first network, the RAN network element performs the sixth operation, as specifically described in the embodiment in FIG. 4.
步骤4、在第一时间内,可选地,RAN网元向UE发送下行数据所属的业务类型指示信息。Step 4. In the first time, optionally, the RAN network element sends the indication information of the service type to which the downlink data belongs to the UE.
步骤5、可选地,在第一时间超时前,UE向RAN网元发送第四信息。。Step 5. Optionally, before the first time expires, the UE sends fourth information to the RAN network element. .
所述第四信息用于指示以下至少一项:终端撤销离开所述第一网络,请求恢复对终端数据的调度,请求恢复发送下行数据,请求恢复终端与所述第一网络的数据传输,停止对第一时间计时。The fourth information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal withdraws from leaving the first network, requests to resume scheduling of terminal data, requests to resume sending downlink data, requests to resume data transmission between the terminal and the first network, and stops Time the first time.
一种实施方式中,UE根据所述下行数据所属的业务类型指示信息,确定发送第四信息。In an implementation manner, the UE determines to send the fourth information according to the indication information of the service type to which the downlink data belongs.
步骤6、CN网元确定第五信息、向RAN网元发送所述确定的第五信息;Step 6. The CN network element determines the fifth information, and sends the determined fifth information to the RAN network element;
所述第五信息用于指示以下至少一项:终端撤销离开所述第一网络,恢复对终端数据的调度,恢复发送下行数据,恢复终端与所述第一网络的数据传输,停止对第一时间计时,删除第三信息的指示信息或第三信息失效的指示信息。The fifth information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal withdraws from leaving the first network, resumes scheduling of terminal data, resumes sending downlink data, resumes data transmission between the terminal and the first network, and stops communicating with the first network. Time is counted, and the indication information of the third information or the indication information of the invalidity of the third information is deleted.
步骤7、可选地,在所述第一时间超时的情况下,根据所述离开方式的指示信息,执行以下至少一项:将终端设置为空闲态或将终端设置为非活跃态;Step 7. Optionally, in the case where the first time expires, perform at least one of the following according to the indication information of the leaving mode: setting the terminal to an idle state or setting the terminal to an inactive state;
本地释放终端与第一网络的连接、本地挂起终端与第一网络的连接或本地释放终端与第一网络的连接但保存终端的上下文。Locally release the connection between the terminal and the first network, locally suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network, or locally release the connection between the terminal and the first network but save the context of the terminal.
具体地,当步骤5和6执行时,步骤7不会执行。Specifically, when steps 5 and 6 are executed, step 7 will not be executed.
实施例3:Example 3:
该实施例可以参见图7,如图7所示,包括以下步骤:This embodiment can be seen in FIG. 7, as shown in FIG. 7, and includes the following steps:
步骤1、UE向CN网元发送离开请求。可选地,所述离开请求中包含第二信息。第二信息如图2或图3实施例所述。Step 1. The UE sends a leave request to the CN network element. Optionally, the leaving request includes second information. The second information is as described in the embodiment of FIG. 2 or FIG. 3.
可选的,CN网元根据获取的第二信息,执行第二操作。具体如图3实施例所述。Optionally, the CN network element performs the second operation according to the acquired second information. The details are described in the embodiment of FIG. 3.
步骤2、CN网元向RAN网元发送第三信息。第三信息具体如图2或图3实施例所述。Step 2: The CN network element sends the third information to the RAN network element. The third information is specifically described in the embodiment of FIG. 2 or FIG. 3.
示例性地,第三信息包括如下至少一项:保持连接的指示信息、数据处理的指示信息。Exemplarily, the third information includes at least one of the following: instruction information to maintain a connection, and instruction information to process data.
可选的,RAN网元根据获取的第三信息,执行第五操作。具体如图4实施例所述。Optionally, the RAN network element performs the fifth operation according to the acquired third information. The details are as described in the embodiment of FIG. 4.
可选地,在步骤2后,CN网元的第一时间开始计时。Optionally, after step 2, the first time of the CN network element starts timing.
可选地,在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内,CN网元执行第三操作,具体如图3实施例所述。Optionally, during the first time when the terminal leaves the first network, the CN network element performs the third operation, as described in the embodiment in FIG. 3.
步骤3、RAN网元向UE发送第一信息。第一信息如图2或图3实施例所述。Step 3. The RAN network element sends the first information to the UE. The first information is as described in the embodiment of FIG. 2 or FIG. 3.
示例性地,所述第一信息比如以下至少一项:离开方式的指示信息且所述离开方式的指示信息指示释放、第一时间、保持连接的指示信息、数据处理的指示信息;Exemplarily, the first information may include at least one of the following: indication information of a leave mode, and indication information of the leave mode indicating release, first time, indication information of maintaining connection, and indication information of data processing;
示例性地,所述第一信息比如以下至少一项:离开方式的指示信息且所述离开方式的指示信息指示挂起、连接挂起的配置信息、第一时间、保持连接的指示信息、数据处理的指示信息;Exemplarily, the first information may include at least one of the following: indication information of the leave mode and the indication information of the leave mode indicates suspension, configuration information of connection suspension, first time, indication information of keeping the connection, data Processing instructions;
示例性地,所述第一信息比如以下至少一项:离开方式的指示信息且所述离开方式的指示信息指示带挂起指示的释放、带挂起指示的释放配置信息、第一时间、保持连接的指示信息、数据处理的指示信息。Exemplarily, the first information may include at least one of the following: indication information of a leave mode and the indication information of the leave mode indicates release with a suspend indication, release configuration information with a suspend indication, first time, hold Instructions for connection and data processing.
在步骤3后,UE的第一时间开始计时。After step 3, the UE's first time starts to count.
可选地,在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内,UE网元执行第一操作,具体如图2实施例所述。Optionally, within the first time when the terminal leaves the first network, the UE network element performs the first operation, specifically as described in the embodiment in FIG. 2.
可选地,在步骤3后,RAN网元的第一时间开始计时。Optionally, after step 3, the first time of the RAN network element starts timing.
可选地,在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内,RAN网元执行第六操作,具体如图4实施例所述。Optionally, during the first time when the terminal leaves the first network, the RAN network element performs the sixth operation, as specifically described in the embodiment in FIG. 4.
步骤4、可选地,在第一时间超时前,UE向CN网元发送第四信息。。Step 4. Optionally, before the first time expires, the UE sends fourth information to the CN network element. .
所述第四信息用于指示以下至少一项:终端撤销离开所述第一网络,请求恢复对终端数据的调度,请求恢复发送下行数据,请求恢复终端与所述第一网络的数据传输,停止对第一时间计时。The fourth information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal withdraws from leaving the first network, requests to resume scheduling of terminal data, requests to resume sending downlink data, requests to resume data transmission between the terminal and the first network, and stops Time the first time.
一种实施方式中,UE根据所述下行数据所属的业务类型指示信息,确定发送第四信息。In an implementation manner, the UE determines to send the fourth information according to the indication information of the service type to which the downlink data belongs.
步骤5、CN网元确定第五信息、向RAN网元发送所述确定的第五信息;Step 5. The CN network element determines fifth information, and sends the determined fifth information to the RAN network element;
所述第五信息用于指示以下至少一项:终端撤销离开所述第一网络,恢复对终端数据的调度,恢复发送下行数据,恢复终端与所述第一网络的数据传输,停止对第一时间计时,删除第三信息的指示信息或第三信息失效的指示信息。The fifth information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal withdraws from leaving the first network, resumes scheduling of terminal data, resumes sending downlink data, resumes data transmission between the terminal and the first network, and stops communicating with the first network. Time is counted, and the indication information of the third information or the indication information of the invalidity of the third information is deleted.
步骤6、第一时间超时后,CN网元向RAN网元指示UE上下文释放;Step 6. After the first time expires, the CN network element instructs the RAN network element to release the UE context;
步骤7、RAN网元向UE发送RRC连接释放,或者UE向RAN网元发送RRC连接释放;Step 7. The RAN network element sends an RRC connection release to the UE, or the UE sends an RRC connection release to the RAN network element;
其中,步骤6和7在第一时间超时后执行。Among them, steps 6 and 7 are executed after the first time expires.
具体地,当步骤4和5执行时,步骤6和7不会执行。Specifically, when steps 4 and 5 are executed, steps 6 and 7 will not be executed.
实施例4:Example 4:
该实施例可以参见图8,如图8所示,包括以下步骤:This embodiment can be seen in FIG. 8, as shown in FIG. 8, and includes the following steps:
步骤1、UE向CN网元发送离开请求。可选地,所述离开请求中包含第二信息。第二信息如图2或图3实施例所述。Step 1. The UE sends a leave request to the CN network element. Optionally, the leaving request includes second information. The second information is as described in the embodiment of FIG. 2 or FIG. 3.
可选的,CN网元根据获取的第二信息,执行第二操作。具体如图3实施例所述。Optionally, the CN network element performs the second operation according to the acquired second information. The details are described in the embodiment of FIG. 3.
步骤2、CN网元向RAN网元发送第三信息,第三信息具体如图2或图3实施例所述。Step 2. The CN network element sends the third information to the RAN network element, and the third information is specifically described in the embodiment of FIG. 2 or FIG. 3.
示例性地,第三信息包括如下至少一项:第二离开指示信息。Exemplarily, the third information includes at least one of the following: second departure indication information.
可选的,RAN网元根据获取的第三信息,执行第五操作。具体如图4实施例所述。Optionally, the RAN network element performs the fifth operation according to the acquired third information. The details are as described in the embodiment of FIG. 4.
可选地,在步骤2后,CN网元的第一时间开始计时。Optionally, after step 2, the first time of the CN network element starts timing.
可选地,在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内,CN网元执行第三操作,具体如图3实施例所述。Optionally, during the first time when the terminal leaves the first network, the CN network element performs the third operation, as described in the embodiment in FIG. 3.
步骤3、RAN网元向UE发送RRC连接释放命令,RRC连接释放命令指示如下至少一项:第一时间、连接挂起的配置信息、带挂起指示的释放配置信息。Step 3. The RAN network element sends an RRC connection release command to the UE. The RRC connection release command indicates at least one of the following: the first time, the configuration information of the connection suspension, and the release configuration information with the suspension indication.
示例性地,所述第一信息比如以下至少一项:第一时间、保持连接的指示信息、数据处理的指示信息;Exemplarily, the first information may include at least one of the following: the first time, the instruction information of keeping the connection, the instruction information of the data processing;
示例性地,所述第一信息比如以下至少一项:连接挂起的配置信息、第一时间、保持连接的指示信息、数据处理的指示信息;Exemplarily, the first information may include at least one of the following: configuration information of suspension of connection, first time, indication information of maintaining connection, and indication information of data processing;
示例性地,所述第一信息比如以下至少一项:带挂起指示的释放配置信息、第一时间、保持连接的指示信息、数据处理的指示信息。Exemplarily, the first information may include at least one of the following: release configuration information with a suspend indication, the first time, the indication information of keeping the connection, and the indication information of the data processing.
步骤4、UE向RAN网元发送RRC连接释放完成。Step 4. The UE sends the RRC connection release completion to the RAN network element.
可选地,在步骤3或步骤4后,UE的第一时间开始计时。Optionally, after step 3 or step 4, the UE's first time starts to count.
可选地,在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内,UE网元执行第一操作,具体如图2实施例所述。Optionally, within the first time when the terminal leaves the first network, the UE network element performs the first operation, specifically as described in the embodiment in FIG. 2.
可选地,在步骤3或步骤4后,RAN网元的第一时间开始计时。Optionally, after step 3 or step 4, the first time of the RAN network element starts timing.
可选地,在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内,RAN网元执行第六操作,具体如图4实施例所述。Optionally, within the first time when the terminal leaves the first network, the RAN network element performs the sixth operation, as specifically described in the embodiment of FIG. 4.
步骤5、在第一时间内,可选地,RAN网元向UE发送下行数据所属的业务类型指示信息。Step 5. In the first time, optionally, the RAN network element sends the indication information of the service type to which the downlink data belongs to the UE.
步骤6、可选地,在第一时间超时前,UE向CN网元发送第四信息。。Step 6. Optionally, before the first time expires, the UE sends fourth information to the CN network element. .
所述第四信息用于指示以下至少一项:终端撤销离开所述第一网络,请求恢复对终端数据的调度,请求恢复发送下行数据,请求恢复终端与所述第一网络的数据传输,停止对第一时间计时。The fourth information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal withdraws from leaving the first network, requests to resume scheduling of terminal data, requests to resume sending downlink data, requests to resume data transmission between the terminal and the first network, and stops Time the first time.
一种实施方式中,UE根据所述下行数据所属的业务类型指示信息,确定发送第四信息。In an implementation manner, the UE determines to send the fourth information according to the indication information of the service type to which the downlink data belongs.
步骤7、CN网元确定第五信息、向RAN网元发送所述确定的第五信息;Step 7. The CN network element determines the fifth information, and sends the determined fifth information to the RAN network element;
所述第五信息用于指示以下至少一项:终端撤销离开所述第一网络,恢复对终端数据的调度,恢复发送下行数据,恢复终端与所述第一网络的数据传输,停止对第一时间计时,删除第三信息的指示信息或第三信息失效的指示信息。The fifth information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal withdraws from leaving the first network, resumes scheduling of terminal data, resumes sending downlink data, resumes data transmission between the terminal and the first network, and stops communicating with the first network. Time is counted, and the indication information of the third information or the indication information of the invalidity of the third information is deleted.
步骤8、在所述第一时间超时的情况下,UE,RAN根据所述RRC释放消息和其携带的信息(连接挂起的配置信息和/或带挂起指示的释放配置信息),执行以下至少一项:Step 8. In the case that the first time expires, the UE and the RAN perform the following according to the RRC release message and the information it carries (connection suspension configuration information and/or release configuration information with suspension indication) At least one:
将终端设置为空闲态或将终端设置为非活跃态;Set the terminal to the idle state or set the terminal to the inactive state;
本地释放终端与第一网络的连接、本地挂起终端与第一网络的连接或本地释放终端与第一网络的连接但保存终端的上下文。Locally release the connection between the terminal and the first network, locally suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network, or locally release the connection between the terminal and the first network but save the context of the terminal.
具体地,当步骤6和7执行时,步骤8不会执行。Specifically, when steps 6 and 7 are executed, step 8 will not be executed.
请参见图9,图9是本申请实施例提供的离开网络的控制装置的结构图,该装置应用于第一通信设备,如图9所示,离开网络的控制装置900包括:Please refer to FIG. 9. FIG. 9 is a structural diagram of a device for controlling leaving the network according to an embodiment of the present application. The device is applied to a first communication device. As shown in FIG. 9, the device 900 for controlling leaving the network includes:
获取模块901,用于获取第一信息,所述第一信息包括以下至少一项:第一时间、保持连接的指示信息、离开方式的指示信息、连接挂起的配置信息、带挂起指示的释放配置信息、数据处理的指示信息、第二离开指示信息,其中,所述第二离开指示信息用于指示终端离开第一网络;The acquiring module 901 is configured to acquire first information, and the first information includes at least one of the following: the first time, the instruction information of keeping the connection, the instruction information of the leaving mode, the configuration information of the connection suspension, the information with the suspension instruction Release configuration information, data processing instruction information, and second leave instruction information, where the second leave instruction information is used to instruct the terminal to leave the first network;
执行模块902,用于在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内,执行第一操作;The execution module 902 is configured to execute the first operation within the first time when the terminal leaves the first network;
其中,in,
所述第一操作包括如下至少一项:保持终端处于连接态、保持终端与第一网络的连接、缓存或丢弃上行数据、停止上行数据的调度请求、停止上行数据发送。The first operation includes at least one of the following: maintaining the terminal in a connected state, maintaining the connection between the terminal and the first network, buffering or discarding uplink data, stopping a scheduling request for uplink data, and stopping uplink data transmission.
可选的,所述第一时间包括以下之一:Optionally, the first time includes one of the following:
终端离开第一网络时保持终端处于连接态的时间、The time the terminal stays connected when it leaves the first network,
终端离开第一网络时保持终端与第一网络连接的时间;The time for the terminal to keep the terminal connected to the first network when it leaves the first network;
和/或and / or
所述保持连接的指示信息用于指示以下之一:The keep-alive indication information is used to indicate one of the following:
保持终端处于连接态、Keep the terminal in a connected state,
保持终端与第一网络的连接、Keep the terminal connected to the first network,
在终端离开第一网络时保持终端处于连接态、Keep the terminal in a connected state when the terminal leaves the first network,
在终端离开第一网络时保持终端与第一网络的连接、Keep the connection between the terminal and the first network when the terminal leaves the first network,
在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内终端处于连接态、The terminal is in the connected state during the first time the terminal leaves the first network,
在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内保持终端与第一网络的连接;Maintaining the connection between the terminal and the first network during the first time when the terminal leaves the first network;
和/或and / or
所述数据处理的指示信息用于指示以下至少一项:The data processing instruction information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
停止对终端的数据调度、Stop data scheduling to the terminal,
停止发送下行数据、Stop sending downlink data,
挂起终端与第一网络的数据传输、Suspend the data transmission between the terminal and the first network,
在终端离开第一网络时停止对终端的数据调度、Stop data scheduling to the terminal when the terminal leaves the first network,
在终端离开第一网络时停止发送下行数据、Stop sending downlink data when the terminal leaves the first network,
在终端离开第一网络时挂起终端与第一网络的数据传输、Suspend data transmission between the terminal and the first network when the terminal leaves the first network,
在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内挂起终端与第一网络的数据传输、Suspend data transmission between the terminal and the first network within the first time when the terminal leaves the first network,
在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内停止对终端的数据调度、Stop data scheduling to the terminal within the first time when the terminal leaves the first network,
在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内停止发送下行数据。Stop sending downlink data within the first time when the terminal leaves the first network.
可选的,所述保持连接的指示信息和/或所述数据处理的指示信息仅在第三条件下有效;其中,所述第三条件包括以下之一:终端离开第一网络时、第一时间内、终端离开第一网络的第一时间内。Optionally, the instruction information for maintaining the connection and/or the instruction information for data processing is only valid under a third condition; wherein, the third condition includes one of the following: when the terminal leaves the first network, the first Time, the first time the terminal leaves the first network.
可选的,所述装置还包括:Optionally, the device further includes:
第一发送模块,用于发送第二信息;The first sending module is used to send second information;
所述第二信息包括以下至少一项:第二时间、第一离开指示信息、请求保持连接的指示信息、请求数据处理的指示信息;The second information includes at least one of the following: the second time, the first leaving instruction information, the instruction information requesting to keep the connection, and the instruction information requesting data processing;
其中,in,
所述第二时间包括以下至少一项:The second time includes at least one of the following:
请求的终端离开第一网络的时间、The time when the requested terminal leaves the first network,
请求的终端离开第一网络时保持终端处于连接态、When the requested terminal leaves the first network, keep the terminal in the connected state,
请求的终端离开第一网络时保持终端与第一网络连接的时间、The time that the requested terminal keeps the terminal connected to the first network when it leaves the first network,
请求停止对终端的数据调度的时间、Request to stop data scheduling to the terminal,
请求停止发送下行数据的时间、Request to stop sending downlink data time,
请求挂起终端与第一网络的数据传输的时间;Request to suspend data transmission time between the terminal and the first network;
所述第一离开指示信息用于指示以下至少一项:终端请求离开第一网络;The first leaving indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal requests to leave the first network;
所述请求保持连接的指示信息用于指示以下之一:请求保持终端处于连接态、请求保持终端与第一网络的连接;The indication information requesting to maintain the connection is used to indicate one of the following: request to keep the terminal in a connected state, and request to keep the connection between the terminal and the first network;
所述请求数据处理的指示信息用于指示以下至少一项:请求停止对终端的数据调度、请求停止发送下行数据、请求挂起终端与第一网络的数据传输。The indication information for requesting data processing is used to indicate at least one of the following: requesting to stop data scheduling to the terminal, requesting to stop sending downlink data, and requesting to suspend data transmission between the terminal and the first network.
可选的,所述请求保持连接的指示信息和/或所述请求数据处理的指示信息仅在第二条件下有效;其中,所述第二条件包括以下之一:终端离开第一网络时、第二时间内、终端离开第一网络的第二时间内。Optionally, the indication information requesting to maintain the connection and/or the indication information requesting data processing is only valid under a second condition; wherein, the second condition includes one of the following: when the terminal leaves the first network, The second time is the second time when the terminal leaves the first network.
可选的,所述在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内包括以下之一:在接收所述第一信息后的第一时间内、在发送第二信息后的第一时间内、在目标端接收第二信息后的第一时间内;Optionally, the first time that the terminal leaves the first network includes one of the following: within the first time after receiving the first information, within the first time after sending the second information, and within the target The first time after the terminal receives the second information;
和/或and / or
所述第一时间的开始时间点包括以下之一:终端离开第一网络的时间点、接收所述第一信息的时间点、发送所述第二信息的时间点、目标端接收所述第二信息的时间点;The start time point of the first time includes one of the following: the time point when the terminal leaves the first network, the time point when the first information is received, the time point when the second information is sent, and the target terminal receives the second information. The time point of the information;
和/或and / or
所述第二时间的开始时间点包括以下之一:终端离开第一网络的时间点、发送所述第二信息的时间点、目标端接收所述第二信息的时间点。The start time point of the second time includes one of the following: the time point when the terminal leaves the first network, the time point when the second information is sent, and the time point when the target terminal receives the second information.
可选的,所述离开方式的指示信息包括以下之一:释放,挂起,带挂起指示的释放。Optionally, the indication information of the leaving mode includes one of the following: release, suspend, and release with suspend indication.
可选的,所述释放包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the release includes at least one of the following:
释放终端与第一网络的连接、在第一时间超时后释放终端与第一网络的连接或在第一时间超时后本地释放终端与第一网络的连接;Release the connection between the terminal and the first network, release the connection between the terminal and the first network after the first time expires, or locally release the connection between the terminal and the first network after the first time expires;
将终端设置为空闲态或在第一时间超时后将终端设置为空闲态;Set the terminal to the idle state or set the terminal to the idle state after the first time expires;
删除终端上下文;Delete the terminal context;
和/或and / or
所述挂起包括以下之一:The suspension includes one of the following:
挂起终端与第一网络的连接、在第一时间超时后挂起终端与第一网络的连接或在第一时间超时后本地挂起终端与第一网络的连接;Suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network, suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network after the first time expires, or suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network locally after the first time expires;
将终端设置为非活跃态或在第一时间超时后将终端设置为非活跃态;Set the terminal to the inactive state or set the terminal to the inactive state after the first time expires;
保留终端上下文;Keep terminal context;
和/或and / or
所述带挂起指示的释放包括以下至少一项:The release with suspension indication includes at least one of the following:
释放终端与第一网络的连接、在第一时间超时后释放终端与第一网络的连接或在第一时间超时后本地释放终端与第一网络的连接;Release the connection between the terminal and the first network, release the connection between the terminal and the first network after the first time expires, or locally release the connection between the terminal and the first network after the first time expires;
将终端设置为空闲态或在第一时间超时后将终端设置为空闲态;Set the terminal to the idle state or set the terminal to the idle state after the first time expires;
保留终端上下文。The terminal context is preserved.
可选的,所述离开方式的指示信息包括挂起的情况下,所述第一信息还包括连接挂起的配置信息;Optionally, in a case where the indication information of the leave mode includes suspension, the first information further includes configuration information of connection suspension;
和/或and / or
所述离开方式的指示信息包括带挂起指示的释放的情况下,所述第一信息还包括带挂起的释放配置信息。In a case where the indication information of the leaving mode includes release with a suspend instruction, the first information further includes release configuration information with a suspend.
可选的,所述装置还包括:Optionally, the device further includes:
第一处理模块,用于在所述第一时间超时的情况下,根据所述离开方式的指示信息,执行以下至少一项:The first processing module is configured to perform at least one of the following according to the indication information of the leaving mode when the first time expires:
将终端设置为空闲态或将终端设置为非活跃态;Set the terminal to the idle state or set the terminal to the inactive state;
本地释放终端与第一网络的连接、本地挂起终端与第一网络的连接或本地释放终端与第一网络的连接但保存终端的上下文。Locally release the connection between the terminal and the first network, locally suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network, or locally release the connection between the terminal and the first network but save the context of the terminal.
可选的,所述装置还包括:Optionally, the device further includes:
第二发送模块,用于发送所述第一信息。The second sending module is used to send the first information.
可选的,所述装置还包括:Optionally, the device further includes:
第二处理模块,用于在所述第一时间超时的情况下,执行以下至少一项:The second processing module is configured to perform at least one of the following when the first time expires:
释放终端与第一网络的连接、挂起终端与第一网络的连接或释放终端与第一网络的连接但保存终端的上下文;Release the connection between the terminal and the first network, suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network, or release the connection between the terminal and the first network but save the context of the terminal;
将终端设置为空闲态或将终端设置为非活跃态;Set the terminal to the idle state or set the terminal to the inactive state;
本地释放终端与第一网络的连接、本地挂起终端与第一网络的连接或本地释放终端与第一网络的连接但保存终端的上下文。Locally release the connection between the terminal and the first network, locally suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network, or locally release the connection between the terminal and the first network but save the context of the terminal.
可选的,所述装置还包括:Optionally, the device further includes:
第三发送模块,用于发送第四信息,所述第四信息用于指示以下至少一项:终端撤销离开所述第一网络,请求恢复对终端数据的调度,请求恢复发送下行数据,请求恢复终端与所述第一网络的数据传输,请求停止对第一时间计时。The third sending module is configured to send fourth information, where the fourth information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal cancels leaving the first network, requests to resume scheduling of terminal data, requests to resume sending downlink data, and requests to resume The data transmission between the terminal and the first network requests to stop counting the first time.
可选的,所述发送第四信息包括:Optionally, the sending fourth information includes:
在满足第一条件的情况下,发送所述第四信息,所述第一条件包括:所述第一时间未超时。When the first condition is met, the fourth information is sent, and the first condition includes: the first time has not expired.
本申请实施例提供的离开网络的控制装置能够实现图2的方法实施例中的各个过程,为避免重复,这里不再赘述,且可以提高通信设备的业务性能。The device for controlling leaving the network provided by the embodiment of the present application can implement each process in the method embodiment of FIG.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中的离开网络的控制装置可以是装置,也可以是第一通信设备中的部件、集成电路、或芯片。It should be noted that the device for controlling leaving the network in the embodiment of the present application may be a device, or a component, an integrated circuit, or a chip in the first communication device.
请参见图10,图10是本申请实施例提供的离开网络的控制装置的结构图,该述装置应用于第二通信设备,如图10所示,离开网络的控制装置1000包括:Please refer to FIG. 10. FIG. 10 is a structural diagram of a device for controlling leaving the network according to an embodiment of the present application. The device is applied to a second communication device. As shown in FIG. 10, the device 1000 for controlling leaving the network includes:
第一获取模块1001,用于获取第二信息,所述第二信息包括以下至少一项:第二时间、离开网络的指示信息、请求保持连接的指示信息、请求数据处理的指示信息;The first acquisition module 1001 is configured to acquire second information, where the second information includes at least one of the following: a second time, instructions for leaving the network, instructions for requesting to maintain a connection, and instructions for requesting data processing;
执行模块1002,用于根据获取的第二信息,执行第二操作;The execution module 1002 is configured to execute a second operation according to the acquired second information;
其中,in,
所述第二操作包括如下至少一项:The second operation includes at least one of the following:
确定第一信息、发送所述第一信息、Determine the first information, send the first information,
发送所述第二信息、Sending the second information,
确定第三信息、发送所述第三信息、Determine the third information, send the third information,
在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内,执行第三操作;Perform the third operation within the first time when the terminal leaves the first network;
所述第三操作包括如下至少一项:The third operation includes at least one of the following:
保持终端处于连接态或保持终端与第一网络的连接、Keep the terminal in a connected state or keep the terminal connected to the first network,
停止对终端的数据调度、Stop data scheduling to the terminal,
停止发送下行数据、Stop sending downlink data,
挂起终端与所述第一网络的数据传输、Suspend data transmission between the terminal and the first network,
发送下行数据所属的业务类型指示信息;Send the indication information of the service type to which the downlink data belongs;
所述第一信息包括以下至少一项:第一时间、保持连接的指示信息、离开方式的指示信息、连接挂起的配置信息、带挂起指示的释放配置信息、数据处理的指示信息;The first information includes at least one of the following: the first time, the instruction information of keeping the connection, the instruction information of the leave mode, the configuration information of the connection suspension, the release configuration information with the suspension instruction, and the data processing instruction information;
所述第三信息包括以下至少一项:第一时间、保持连接的指示信息、离开方式的指示信息、第二离开指示信息、数据处理的指示信息。The third information includes at least one of the following: the first time, the instruction information of keeping the connection, the instruction information of the leaving mode, the second instruction information of leaving, and the instruction information of data processing.
可选的,所述第一时间包括以下之一:Optionally, the first time includes one of the following:
终端离开第一网络时保持终端处于连接态的时间、The time the terminal stays connected when it leaves the first network,
终端离开第一网络时保持终端与第一网络连接的时间;The time for the terminal to keep the terminal connected to the first network when it leaves the first network;
和/或and / or
所述第二时间包括以下至少一项:The second time includes at least one of the following:
请求的终端离开第一网络的时间、The time when the requested terminal leaves the first network,
请求的终端离开第一网络时保持终端处于连接态、When the requested terminal leaves the first network, keep the terminal in the connected state,
请求的终端离开第一网络时保持终端与第一网络连接的时间、The time that the requested terminal keeps the terminal connected to the first network when it leaves the first network,
请求停止对终端的数据调度的时间、Request to stop data scheduling to the terminal,
请求停止发送下行数据的时间、Request to stop sending downlink data time,
请求挂起终端与第一网络的数据传输的时间;Request to suspend data transmission time between the terminal and the first network;
和/或and / or
所述第一离开指示信息用于指示以下至少一项:终端请求离开第一网络;The first leaving indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal requests to leave the first network;
和/或and / or
所述第二离开指示信息用于指示以下至少一项:终端离开第一网络;The second leaving indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal leaves the first network;
和/或and / or
所述请求保持连接的指示信息用于指示以下之一:请求保持终端处于连接态、请求保持终端与第一网络的连接;The indication information requesting to keep the connection is used to indicate one of the following: request to keep the terminal in a connected state, request to keep the connection between the terminal and the first network;
和/或and / or
所述保持连接的指示信息用于指示以下之一:保持终端处于连接态、保持终端与第一网络的连接;和/或The indication information of maintaining the connection is used to indicate one of the following: maintaining the terminal in a connected state, maintaining the connection between the terminal and the first network; and/or
所述请求数据处理的指示信息用于指示以下至少一项:The instruction information requesting data processing is used to indicate at least one of the following:
停止对终端的数据调度、请求停止发送下行数据、请求挂起终端与第一网络的数据传输;Stop data scheduling for the terminal, request to stop sending downlink data, request to suspend data transmission between the terminal and the first network;
和/或and / or
所述数据处理的指示信息用于指示以下至少一项:The data processing instruction information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
停止对终端的数据调度、停止发送下行数据、挂起终端与第一网络的数据传输。Stop data scheduling for the terminal, stop sending downlink data, and suspend data transmission between the terminal and the first network.
可选的,所述请求保持连接的指示信息和/或所述请求数据处理的指示信息仅在第二条件下有效;其中,所述第二条件包括以下之一:终端离开第一网络时、第二时间内、终端离开第一网络的第二时间内;Optionally, the indication information requesting to maintain the connection and/or the indication information requesting data processing is only valid under a second condition; wherein, the second condition includes one of the following: when the terminal leaves the first network, Within the second time, within the second time when the terminal leaves the first network;
和/或and / or
所述保持连接的指示信息和/或所述数据处理的指示信息仅在第三条件下有效;其中,所述第三条件包括以下之一:终端离开第一网络时、第一时间内、终端离开第一网络的第一时间内。The instruction information for maintaining the connection and/or the instruction information for data processing is only valid under a third condition; wherein, the third condition includes one of the following: when the terminal leaves the first network, within the first time, the terminal Within the first time of leaving the first network.
可选的,所述在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内包括以下之一:在接收所述第二信息后的第一时间内、在发送第一信息后的第一时间内、在发送第三信息后的第一时间内、在目标端接收第一信息后的第一时间内、在目标端接收第三信息后的第一时间内;Optionally, the first time during which the terminal leaves the first network includes one of the following: during the first time after receiving the second information, during the first time after sending the first information, The first time after the third information, the first time after the target end receives the first information, and the first time after the target end receives the third information;
和/或and / or
第一时间开始时间点包括以下之一:终端离开第一网络的时间点、接收所述第二信息的时间点、发送所述第一信息的时间点、发送所述第三信息的时间点、目标端接收第一信息的时间点、发送所述第三信息的时间点;The first time start time point includes one of the following: the time point when the terminal leaves the first network, the time point when the second information is received, the time point when the first information is sent, the time point when the third information is sent, The time point when the target terminal receives the first information and the time point when the third information is sent;
和/或and / or
第二时间开始时间点包括以下之一:终端离开第一网络的时间点、接收所述第二信息的时间点。The second time starting time point includes one of the following: the time point when the terminal leaves the first network, and the time point when the second information is received.
可选的,所述离开方式的指示信息包括以下之一:释放,挂起,带挂起指示的释放。Optionally, the indication information of the leaving mode includes one of the following: release, suspension, and release with suspension indication.
可选的,所述释放包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the release includes at least one of the following:
释放终端与第一网络的连接、在第一时间超时后释放终端与第一网络的连接、或在第一时间超时后本地释放终端与第一网络的连接;Releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network, releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network after the first time has expired, or locally releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network after the first time has expired;
将终端设置为空闲态或在第一时间超时后将终端设置为空闲态;Set the terminal to the idle state or set the terminal to the idle state after the first time expires;
删除终端上下文;Delete the terminal context;
和/或and / or
所述挂起包括以下之一:The suspension includes one of the following:
挂起终端与第一网络的连接、在第一时间超时后挂起终端与第一网络的连接,或在第一时间超时后本地挂起终端与第一网络的连接;Suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network, suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network after the first time expires, or suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network locally after the first time expires;
将终端设置为非活跃态或在第一时间超时后将终端设置为非活跃态;Set the terminal to an inactive state or set the terminal to an inactive state after the first time expires;
保留终端上下文;Keep terminal context;
和/或and / or
所述带挂起指示的释放包括以下至少一项:The release with suspension indication includes at least one of the following:
释放终端与第一网络的连接、在第一时间超时后释放终端与第一网络的连接、或在第一时间超时后本地释放终端与第一网络的连接;Releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network, releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network after the first time has expired, or locally releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network after the first time has expired;
将终端设置为空闲态或在第一时间超时后将终端设置为空闲态;Set the terminal to the idle state or set the terminal to the idle state after the first time expires;
保留终端上下文。The terminal context is preserved.
可选的,所述离开方式的指示信息包括挂起的情况下,所述第一信息还包括连接挂起的配置信息;Optionally, in a case where the indication information of the leave mode includes suspension, the first information further includes configuration information of connection suspension;
和/或and / or
所述离开方式的指示信息包括带挂起指示的释放的情况下,所述第一信息还包括带挂起指示的释放配置信息。In a case where the indication information of the leaving mode includes release with a suspend instruction, the first information further includes release configuration information with a suspend instruction.
可选的,所述装置还包括:Optionally, the device further includes:
第一处理模块,用于在所述第一时间超时的情况下,根据所述离开方式的指示信息,执行以下至少一项:The first processing module is configured to perform at least one of the following according to the indication information of the leaving mode when the first time expires:
将终端设置为空闲态或将终端设置为非活跃态;Set the terminal to the idle state or set the terminal to the inactive state;
本地释放终端与第一网络的连接、本地挂起终端与第一网络的连接或本地释放终端与第一网络的连接但保存终端的上下文。Locally release the connection between the terminal and the first network, locally suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network, or locally release the connection between the terminal and the first network but save the context of the terminal.
可选的,所述装置还包括:Optionally, the device further includes:
第二处理模块,用于在所述第一时间超时的情况下,执行以下至少一项:The second processing module is configured to perform at least one of the following when the first time expires:
释放终端与第一网络的连接、挂起终端与第一网络的连接或释放终端与第一网络的连接但保存终端的上下文;Release the connection between the terminal and the first network, suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network, or release the connection between the terminal and the first network but save the context of the terminal;
将终端设置为空闲态或将终端设置为非活跃态;Set the terminal to the idle state or set the terminal to the inactive state;
本地释放终端与第一网络的连接、本地挂起终端与第一网络的连接或本地释放终端与第一网络的连接但保存终端的上下文。Locally release the connection between the terminal and the first network, locally suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network, or locally release the connection between the terminal and the first network but save the context of the terminal.
可选的,所述装置还包括:Optionally, the device further includes:
第一获取模块,用于获取第四信息,所述第四信息用于指示以下至少一项:终端撤销离开所述第一网络,请求恢复对终端数据的调度,请求恢复发送下行数据,请求恢复终端与所述第一网络的数据传输,请求停止对第一时间计时。The first acquiring module is configured to acquire fourth information, where the fourth information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal cancels leaving the first network, requests to resume scheduling of terminal data, requests to resume sending downlink data, and requests to resume The data transmission between the terminal and the first network requests to stop counting the first time.
可选的,所述装置还包括:Optionally, the device further includes:
第三处理模块,用于在所述第一时间未超时的情况下,根据所述第四信息执行所述第四操作;A third processing module, configured to execute the fourth operation according to the fourth information when the first time has not expired;
其中,in,
所述第四操作包括以下至少一项:The fourth operation includes at least one of the following:
在终端上下文中删除所述第一信息、Delete the first information in the terminal context,
在终端上下文中删除所述第二信息、Delete the second information in the terminal context,
在终端上下文中删除所述第三信息、Delete the third information in the terminal context,
恢复对终端的数据调度、Restore data scheduling to the terminal,
恢复发送下行数据、Resume sending downlink data,
恢复终端与所述第一网络的数据传输、Resume data transmission between the terminal and the first network,
停止对第一时间计时、Stop counting the first time,
确定第五信息、发送所述确定的第五信息;Determine fifth information, and send the determined fifth information;
所述第五信息用于指示以下至少一项:终端撤销离开所述第一网络,恢复对终端数据的调度,恢复发送下行数据,恢复终端与所述第一网络的数据传输,停止对第一时间计时,删除第三信息的指示信息或第三信息失效的指示信息。The fifth information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal withdraws from leaving the first network, resumes scheduling of terminal data, resumes sending downlink data, resumes data transmission between the terminal and the first network, and stops communicating with the first network. Time is counted, and the indication information of the third information or the indication information of the invalidity of the third information is deleted.
本申请实施例提供的离开网络的控制装置能够实现图3的方法实施例中的各个过程,为避免重复,这里不再赘述,且可以提高通信设备的业务性能。The device for controlling leaving the network provided in the embodiment of the present application can implement each process in the method embodiment of FIG.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中的离开网络的控制装置可以是装置,也可以是第二通信设备中的部件、集成电路、或芯片。It should be noted that the device for controlling leaving the network in the embodiment of the present application may be a device, or a component, an integrated circuit, or a chip in the second communication device.
请参见图11,图11是本申请实施例提供的离开网络的控装置的结构图,该述装置应用于第三通信设备,如图11所示,离开网络的控装置1100包括:Please refer to FIG. 11. FIG. 11 is a structural diagram of a control device leaving the network according to an embodiment of the present application. The device is applied to a third communication device. As shown in FIG. 11, the control device 1100 leaving the network includes:
第一获取模块1101,用于获取第三信息,所述第三信息包括以下至少一项:第一时间、保持连接的指示信息、离开方式的指示信息、第二离开指示信息、数据处理的指示信息;;The first obtaining module 1101 is configured to obtain third information, the third information includes at least one of the following: the first time, the instruction information to keep the connection, the instruction information of the leaving method, the second instruction information of leaving, the instruction of data processing information;;
第一执行模块1102,用于根据所述第三信息,执行第五操作;The first execution module 1102 is configured to execute a fifth operation according to the third information;
其中,in,
所述第五操作包括如下至少一项:The fifth operation includes at least one of the following:
为终端确定连接挂起的配置信息、Determine the configuration information of the terminal for connection suspension,
为终端确定带挂起指示的释放配置信息、Determine the release configuration information with suspend indication for the terminal,
确定第二信息、Determine the second information,
发送所述第二信息、Sending the second information,
在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内,执行第六操作;Perform the sixth operation within the first time when the terminal leaves the first network;
其中,in,
所述第六操作包括如下至少一项:The sixth operation includes at least one of the following:
保持终端处于连接态或保持终端与第一网络的连接;Keep the terminal in a connected state or keep the terminal connected to the first network;
停止对终端的数据调度;Stop data scheduling to the terminal;
停止发送下行数据;Stop sending downlink data;
挂起终端与所述第一网络的数据传输。Suspend data transmission between the terminal and the first network.
可选的,所述第一时间包括以下之一:Optionally, the first time includes one of the following:
终端离开第一网络时保持终端处于连接态的时间、The time the terminal stays connected when it leaves the first network,
终端离开第一网络时保持终端与第一网络连接的时间;The time for the terminal to keep the terminal connected to the first network when it leaves the first network;
和/或and / or
所述保持连接的指示信息用于指示以下之一:保持终端处于连接态、保持终端与第一网络的连接;The indication information of maintaining the connection is used to indicate one of the following: maintaining the terminal in a connected state, and maintaining the connection between the terminal and the first network;
和/或and / or
所述第二离开指示信息用于指示以下至少一项:终端离开第一网络;The second leaving indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal leaves the first network;
和/或and / or
所述数据处理的指示信息用于指示以下至少一项:The data processing instruction information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
停止对终端的数据调度、停止发送下行数据、挂起终端与第一网络的数据传输。Stop data scheduling for the terminal, stop sending downlink data, and suspend data transmission between the terminal and the first network.
可选的,所述保持连接的指示信息和/或所述数据处理的指示信息仅在第三条件下有效;Optionally, the instruction information for maintaining the connection and/or the instruction information for data processing is only valid under the third condition;
其中,所述第三条件包括以下之一:Wherein, the third condition includes one of the following:
终端离开第一网络时、When the terminal leaves the first network,
第一时间内、Within the first time,
终端离开第一网络的第一时间内。The first time the terminal leaves the first network.
可选的,所述在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内包括以下之一:在接收所述第三信息后的第一时间内;在发送第一信息后的第一时间内、在目标端接收第一信息后的第一时间内;Optionally, the first time that the terminal leaves the first network includes one of the following: within the first time after receiving the third information; within the first time after sending the first information, in the target The first time after the terminal receives the first information;
和/或and / or
第一时间开始时间点包括以下之一:终端离开第一网络的时间点、接收所述第三信息的时间点、发送所述第一信息的时间点、目标端接收第一信息的时间点。The first time start time point includes one of the following: the time point when the terminal leaves the first network, the time point when the third information is received, the time point when the first information is sent, and the time point when the target terminal receives the first information.
可选的,所述离开方式的指示信息包括以下之一:释放,挂起,带挂起指示的释放。Optionally, the indication information of the leaving mode includes one of the following: release, suspension, and release with suspension indication.
可选的,所述释放包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the release includes at least one of the following:
释放终端与第一网络的连接、在第一时间超时后释放终端与第一网络的连接或在第一时间超时后本地释放终端与第一网络的连接;Releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network, releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network after the first time has expired, or locally releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network after the first time has expired;
将终端设置为空闲态或在第一时间超时后将终端设置为空闲态;Set the terminal to the idle state or set the terminal to the idle state after the first time expires;
删除终端上下文;Delete the terminal context;
和/或and / or
所述挂起包括以下之一:The suspension includes one of the following:
挂起终端与第一网络的连接、在第一时间超时后挂起终端与第一网络的连接或在第一时间超时后本地挂起终端与第一网络的连接;Suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network, suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network after the first time expires, or suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network locally after the first time expires;
将终端设置为非活跃态或在第一时间超时后将终端设置为非活跃态;Set the terminal to an inactive state or set the terminal to an inactive state after the first time expires;
保留终端上下文;Keep terminal context;
和/或and / or
所述带挂起指示的释放包括以下至少一项:The release with suspension indication includes at least one of the following:
释放终端与第一网络的连接、在第一时间超时后释放终端与第一网络的连接、或在第一时间超时后本地释放终端与第一网络的连接;Releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network, releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network after the first time has expired, or locally releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network after the first time has expired;
将终端设置为空闲态或在第一时间超时后将终端设置为空闲态;Set the terminal to the idle state or set the terminal to the idle state after the first time expires;
保留终端上下文。The terminal context is preserved.
可选的,所述离开方式的指示信息包括挂起的情况下,所述第一信息还包括连接挂起的配置信息;Optionally, in a case where the indication information of the leave mode includes suspension, the first information further includes configuration information of connection suspension;
和/或and / or
所述离开方式的指示信息包括挂起的情况下,所述第五操作包括为终端确定连接挂起的配置信息;In a case where the indication information of the leave mode includes suspension, the fifth operation includes configuration information for determining the connection suspension for the terminal;
和/或and / or
所述离开方式的指示信息包括带挂起指示的释放的情况下,所述第一信息还包括带挂起指示的释放配置信息;In a case where the indication information of the leaving mode includes release with a suspend instruction, the first information further includes release configuration information with a suspend instruction;
和/或and / or
所述离开方式的指示信息包括挂起指示的释放的情况下,所述第五操作包括为终端确定挂起指示的释放配置信息。In a case where the indication information of the leaving mode includes the release of the suspension instruction, the fifth operation includes determining the release configuration information of the suspension instruction for the terminal.
可选的,所述装置还包括:Optionally, the device further includes:
第二执行模块,用于在所述第一时间超时的情况下,根据所述离开方式的指示信息,执行以下至少一项:The second execution module is configured to execute at least one of the following according to the indication information of the leaving mode when the first time expires:
将终端设置为空闲态或将终端设置为非活跃态;Set the terminal to the idle state or set the terminal to the inactive state;
本地释放终端与第一网络的连接、本地挂起终端与第一网络的连接或本地释放终端与第一网络的连接但保存终端的上下文。Locally release the connection between the terminal and the first network, locally suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network, or locally release the connection between the terminal and the first network but save the context of the terminal.
可选的,所述装置还包括:Optionally, the device further includes:
第三执行模块,用于在所述第一时间超时的情况下,执行以下至少一项:The third execution module is configured to execute at least one of the following when the first time expires:
释放终端与第一网络的连接、挂起终端与第一网络的连接或释放终端与第一网络的连接但保存终端的上下文;Release the connection between the terminal and the first network, suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network, or release the connection between the terminal and the first network but save the context of the terminal;
将终端设置为空闲态或将终端设置为非活跃态;Set the terminal to the idle state or set the terminal to the inactive state;
本地释放终端与第一网络的连接、本地挂起终端与第一网络的连接或本地释放终端与第一网络的连接但保存终端的上下文。Locally release the connection between the terminal and the first network, locally suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network, or locally release the connection between the terminal and the first network but save the context of the terminal.
可选的,所述装置还包括:Optionally, the device further includes:
第二获取模块,用于获取第四信息,所述第四信息用于指示以下至少一项:终端撤销离开所述第一网络,请求恢复对终端数据的调度,请求恢复发送下行数据,请求恢复终端与所述第一网络的数据传输,请求停止对第一时间计时。The second acquiring module is configured to acquire fourth information, where the fourth information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal cancels leaving the first network, requests to resume scheduling of terminal data, requests to resume sending downlink data, and requests to resume The data transmission between the terminal and the first network requests to stop counting the first time.
可选的,所述装置还包括:Optionally, the device further includes:
第四执行模块,用于在所述第一时间未超时的情况下,根据所述第四信息执行所述第七操作;A fourth execution module, configured to execute the seventh operation according to the fourth information when the first time has not expired;
所述第七操作包括以下至少一项:The seventh operation includes at least one of the following:
在终端上下文中删除所述第一信息、Delete the first information in the terminal context,
在终端上下文中删除所述第三信息、Delete the third information in the terminal context,
恢复对终端的数据调度,Restore data scheduling to the terminal,
恢复发送下行数据,Resume sending downlink data,
恢复终端与所述第一网络的数据传输,Resume data transmission between the terminal and the first network,
停止对第一时间计时。Stop counting the first time.
可选的,所述装置还包括:Optionally, the device further includes:
第三获取模块,用于获取第五信息,所述第五信息用于指示以下至少一项:终端撤销离开所述第一网络,恢复对终端数据的调度,恢复发送下行数据,恢复终端与所述第一网络的数据传输,停止对第一时间计时,删除第三信息的指示信息或第三信息失效的指示信息;The third acquiring module is configured to acquire fifth information, where the fifth information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal cancels leaving the first network, resumes scheduling of terminal data, resumes sending downlink data, and restores the terminal’s communication with the terminal. Said data transmission of the first network, stop counting the first time, delete the indication information of the third information or the indication information that the third information is invalid;
第五执行模块,用于根据所述第五信息,执行第八操作;The fifth execution module is configured to execute the eighth operation according to the fifth information;
所述第八操作包括以下至少一项:The eighth operation includes at least one of the following:
在终端上下文中删除所述第三信息、Delete the third information in the terminal context,
恢复对终端的数据调度,Restore data scheduling to the terminal,
恢复发送下行数据,Resume sending downlink data,
恢复终端与所述第一网络的数据传输,Resume data transmission between the terminal and the first network,
停止对第一时间计时。Stop counting the first time.
本申请实施例提供的离开网络的控制装置能够实现图4的方法实施例中的各个过程,为避免重复,这里不再赘述,且可以提高通信设备的业务性能。The device for controlling leaving the network provided in the embodiment of the present application can implement each process in the method embodiment in FIG.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中的离开网络的控制装置可以是装置,也可以是第三通信设备中的部件、集成电路、或芯片。It should be noted that the device for controlling leaving the network in the embodiment of the present application may be a device, or a component, an integrated circuit, or a chip in the third communication device.
参见图12,图12是本发明实施例提供的通信设备的结构图之五。如图12所示,通信设备1200包括:存储器1201、处理器1202及存储在存储器1201上并可在处理器1202上运行的程序或者指令12011。Refer to FIG. 12, which is the fifth structural diagram of the communication device provided by the embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 12, the communication device 1200 includes a memory 1201, a processor 1202, and a program or instruction 12011 that is stored on the memory 1201 and can run on the processor 1202.
其中,在通信设备1200表现为上述方法实施例中的第一通信设备时,程序或者指令12011被处理器1202执行时实现如下步骤:Wherein, when the communication device 1200 acts as the first communication device in the foregoing method embodiment, the following steps are implemented when the program or instruction 12011 is executed by the processor 1202:
获取第一信息,所述第一信息包括以下至少一项:第一时间、保持连接的指示信息、离开方式的指示信息、连接挂起的配置信息、带挂起指示的释放配置信息、数据处理的指示信息、第二离开指示信息,其中,所述第二离开指示信息用于指示终端离开第一网络;Acquire first information, where the first information includes at least one of the following: the first time, the instruction information of keeping the connection, the instruction information of the leave mode, the configuration information of the connection suspension, the release configuration information with the suspension instruction, and the data processing Indication information and second leaving indication information of, where the second leaving indication information is used to instruct the terminal to leave the first network;
在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内,执行第一操作;Perform the first operation within the first time when the terminal leaves the first network;
其中,in,
所述第一操作包括如下至少一项:保持终端处于连接态、保持终端与第一网络的连接、缓存或丢弃上行数据、停止上行数据的调度请求、停止上行数据发送。The first operation includes at least one of the following: maintaining the terminal in a connected state, maintaining the connection between the terminal and the first network, buffering or discarding uplink data, stopping a scheduling request for uplink data, and stopping uplink data transmission.
可选的,所述第一时间包括以下之一:Optionally, the first time includes one of the following:
终端离开第一网络时保持终端处于连接态的时间、The time the terminal stays connected when it leaves the first network,
终端离开第一网络时保持终端与第一网络连接的时间;The time for the terminal to keep the terminal connected to the first network when it leaves the first network;
和/或and / or
所述保持连接的指示信息用于指示以下之一:The keep-alive indication information is used to indicate one of the following:
保持终端处于连接态、Keep the terminal in a connected state,
保持终端与第一网络的连接、Keep the terminal connected to the first network,
在终端离开第一网络时保持终端处于连接态、Keep the terminal in the connected state when the terminal leaves the first network,
在终端离开第一网络时保持终端与第一网络的连接、Keep the connection between the terminal and the first network when the terminal leaves the first network,
在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内终端处于连接态、The terminal is in the connected state during the first time the terminal leaves the first network,
在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内保持终端与第一网络的连接;Maintaining the connection between the terminal and the first network during the first time when the terminal leaves the first network;
和/或and / or
所述数据处理的指示信息用于指示以下至少一项:The data processing instruction information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
停止对终端的数据调度、Stop data scheduling to the terminal,
停止发送下行数据、Stop sending downlink data,
挂起终端与第一网络的数据传输、Suspend the data transmission between the terminal and the first network,
在终端离开第一网络时停止对终端的数据调度、Stop data scheduling to the terminal when the terminal leaves the first network,
在终端离开第一网络时停止发送下行数据、Stop sending downlink data when the terminal leaves the first network,
在终端离开第一网络时挂起终端与第一网络的数据传输、Suspend data transmission between the terminal and the first network when the terminal leaves the first network,
在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内挂起终端与第一网络的数据传输、Suspend data transmission between the terminal and the first network within the first time when the terminal leaves the first network,
在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内停止对终端的数据调度、Stop data scheduling to the terminal within the first time when the terminal leaves the first network,
在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内停止发送下行数据。Stop sending downlink data within the first time when the terminal leaves the first network.
可选的,所述保持连接的指示信息和/或所述数据处理的指示信息仅在第三条件下有效;其中,所述第三条件包括以下之一:终端离开第一网络时、第一时间内、终端离开第一网络的第一时间内。Optionally, the instruction information for maintaining the connection and/or the instruction information for data processing is only valid under a third condition; wherein, the third condition includes one of the following: when the terminal leaves the first network, the first Time, the first time the terminal leaves the first network.
可选的,所述获取第一信息的步骤之前,程序或者指令12011被处理器1202执行时实现如下步骤:发送第二信息;Optionally, before the step of acquiring the first information, when the program or instruction 12011 is executed by the processor 1202, the following steps are implemented: sending the second information;
所述第二信息包括以下至少一项:第二时间、第一离开指示信息、请求保持连接的指示信息、请求数据处理的指示信息;The second information includes at least one of the following: the second time, the first leaving instruction information, the instruction information requesting to keep the connection, and the instruction information requesting data processing;
其中,in,
所述第二时间包括以下至少一项:The second time includes at least one of the following:
请求的终端离开第一网络的时间、The time when the requested terminal leaves the first network,
请求的终端离开第一网络时保持终端处于连接态、When the requested terminal leaves the first network, keep the terminal in the connected state,
请求的终端离开第一网络时保持终端与第一网络连接的时间、The time that the requested terminal keeps the terminal connected to the first network when it leaves the first network,
请求停止对终端的数据调度的时间、Request to stop data scheduling to the terminal,
请求停止发送下行数据的时间、Request to stop sending downlink data time,
请求挂起终端与第一网络的数据传输的时间;Request to suspend data transmission time between the terminal and the first network;
所述第一离开指示信息用于指示以下至少一项:终端请求离开第一网络;The first leaving indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal requests to leave the first network;
所述请求保持连接的指示信息用于指示以下之一:请求保持终端处于连接态、请求保持终端与第一网络的连接;The indication information requesting to maintain the connection is used to indicate one of the following: request to keep the terminal in a connected state, and request to keep the connection between the terminal and the first network;
所述请求数据处理的指示信息用于指示以下至少一项:请求停止对终端的数据调度、请求停止发送下行数据、请求挂起终端与第一网络的数据传输。The indication information for requesting data processing is used to indicate at least one of the following: requesting to stop data scheduling to the terminal, requesting to stop sending downlink data, and requesting to suspend data transmission between the terminal and the first network.
可选的,所述请求保持连接的指示信息和/或所述请求数据处理的指示信息仅在第二条件下有效;其中,所述第二条件包括以下之一:终端离开第一网络时、第二时间内、终端离开第一网络的第二时间内。Optionally, the indication information requesting to maintain the connection and/or the indication information requesting data processing is only valid under a second condition; wherein, the second condition includes one of the following: when the terminal leaves the first network, The second time is the second time when the terminal leaves the first network.
可选的,所述在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内包括以下之一:在接收所述第一信息后的第一时间内、在发送第二信息后的第一时间内、在目标端接收第二信息后的第一时间内;Optionally, the first time that the terminal leaves the first network includes one of the following: within the first time after receiving the first information, within the first time after sending the second information, and within the target The first time after the terminal receives the second information;
和/或and / or
所述第一时间的开始时间点包括以下之一:终端离开第一网络的时间点、接收所述第一信息的时间点、发送所述第二信息的时间点、目标端接收所述第二信息的时间点;The start time point of the first time includes one of the following: the time point when the terminal leaves the first network, the time point when the first information is received, the time point when the second information is sent, and the target terminal receives the second information. The time point of the information;
和/或and / or
所述第二时间的开始时间点包括以下之一:终端离开第一网络的时间点、发送所述第二信息的时间点、目标端接收所述第二信息的时间点。The start time point of the second time includes one of the following: the time point when the terminal leaves the first network, the time point when the second information is sent, and the time point when the target terminal receives the second information.
可选的,所述离开方式的指示信息包括以下之一:释放,挂起,带挂起指示的释放。Optionally, the indication information of the leaving mode includes one of the following: release, suspend, and release with suspend indication.
可选的,所述释放包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the release includes at least one of the following:
释放终端与第一网络的连接、在第一时间超时后释放终端与第一网络的连接或在第一时间超时后本地释放终端与第一网络的连接;Release the connection between the terminal and the first network, release the connection between the terminal and the first network after the first time expires, or locally release the connection between the terminal and the first network after the first time expires;
将终端设置为空闲态或在第一时间超时后将终端设置为空闲态;Set the terminal to the idle state or set the terminal to the idle state after the first time expires;
删除终端上下文;Delete the terminal context;
和/或and / or
所述挂起包括以下之一:The suspension includes one of the following:
挂起终端与第一网络的连接、在第一时间超时后挂起终端与第一网络的连接或在第一时间超时后本地挂起终端与第一网络的连接;Suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network, suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network after the first time expires, or suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network locally after the first time expires;
将终端设置为非活跃态或在第一时间超时后将终端设置为非活跃态;Set the terminal to an inactive state or set the terminal to an inactive state after the first time expires;
保留终端上下文;Keep terminal context;
和/或and / or
所述带挂起指示的释放包括以下至少一项:The release with suspension indication includes at least one of the following:
释放终端与第一网络的连接、在第一时间超时后释放终端与第一网络的连接或在第一时间超时后本地释放终端与第一网络的连接;Releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network, releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network after the first time has expired, or locally releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network after the first time has expired;
将终端设置为空闲态或在第一时间超时后将终端设置为空闲态;Set the terminal to the idle state or set the terminal to the idle state after the first time expires;
保留终端上下文。The terminal context is preserved.
可选的,所述离开方式的指示信息包括挂起的情况下,所述第一信息还包括连接挂起的配置信息;Optionally, in a case where the indication information of the leave mode includes suspension, the first information further includes configuration information of connection suspension;
和/或and / or
所述离开方式的指示信息包括带挂起指示的释放的情况下,所述第一信息还包括带挂起的释放配置信息。In a case where the indication information of the leaving mode includes release with a suspend instruction, the first information further includes release configuration information with a suspend.
可选的,程序或者指令12011被处理器1202执行时实现如下步骤:Optionally, the following steps are implemented when the program or instruction 12011 is executed by the processor 1202:
在所述第一时间超时的情况下,根据所述离开方式的指示信息,执行以下至少一项:In the case where the first time has expired, at least one of the following is performed according to the indication information of the leaving mode:
将终端设置为空闲态或将终端设置为非活跃态;Set the terminal to the idle state or set the terminal to the inactive state;
本地释放终端与第一网络的连接、本地挂起终端与第一网络的连接或本地释放终端与第一网络的连接但保存终端的上下文。Locally release the connection between the terminal and the first network, locally suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network, or locally release the connection between the terminal and the first network but save the context of the terminal.
可选的,程序或者指令12011被处理器1202执行时实现如下步骤:Optionally, the following steps are implemented when the program or instruction 12011 is executed by the processor 1202:
发送所述第一信息。Send the first information.
可选的,程序或者指令12011被处理器1202执行时实现如下步骤:Optionally, the following steps are implemented when the program or instruction 12011 is executed by the processor 1202:
在所述第一时间超时的情况下,执行以下至少一项:In the case where the first time expires, perform at least one of the following:
释放终端与第一网络的连接、挂起终端与第一网络的连接或释放终端与第一网络的连接但保存终端的上下文;Release the connection between the terminal and the first network, suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network, or release the connection between the terminal and the first network but save the context of the terminal;
将终端设置为空闲态或将终端设置为非活跃态;Set the terminal to the idle state or set the terminal to the inactive state;
本地释放终端与第一网络的连接、本地挂起终端与第一网络的连接或本地释放终端与第一网络的连接但保存终端的上下文。Locally release the connection between the terminal and the first network, locally suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network, or locally release the connection between the terminal and the first network but save the context of the terminal.
可选的,程序或者指令12011被处理器1202执行时实现如下步骤:Optionally, the following steps are implemented when the program or instruction 12011 is executed by the processor 1202:
发送第四信息,所述第四信息用于指示以下至少一项:终端撤销离开所述第一网络,请求恢复对终端数据的调度,请求恢复发送下行数据,请求恢复终端与所述第一网络的数据传输,请求停止对第一时间计时。Send fourth information, where the fourth information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal withdraws from leaving the first network, requests to resume scheduling of terminal data, requests to resume sending downlink data, and requests to resume the terminal and the first network Request to stop counting the first time.
可选的,所述发送第四信息包括:Optionally, the sending fourth information includes:
在满足第一条件的情况下,发送所述第四信息,所述第一条件包括:所述第一时间未超时。When the first condition is met, the fourth information is sent, and the first condition includes: the first time has not expired.
其中,在通信设备1200表现为上述方法实施例中的第二通信设备时,程序或者指令12011被处理器1202执行时实现如下步骤:Wherein, when the communication device 1200 acts as the second communication device in the foregoing method embodiment, the following steps are implemented when the program or instruction 12011 is executed by the processor 1202:
获取第二信息,所述第二信息包括以下至少一项:第二时间、离开网络的指示信息、请求保持连接的指示信息、请求数据处理的指示信息;Acquire second information, where the second information includes at least one of the following: a second time, indication information to leave the network, indication information requesting to maintain a connection, and indication information requesting data processing;
根据获取的第二信息,执行第二操作;Perform the second operation according to the acquired second information;
其中,in,
所述第二操作包括如下至少一项:The second operation includes at least one of the following:
确定第一信息、发送所述第一信息、Determine the first information, send the first information,
发送所述第二信息、Sending the second information,
确定第三信息、发送所述第三信息、Determine the third information, send the third information,
在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内,执行第三操作;Perform the third operation within the first time when the terminal leaves the first network;
所述第三操作包括如下至少一项:The third operation includes at least one of the following:
保持终端处于连接态或保持终端与第一网络的连接、Keep the terminal in a connected state or keep the terminal connected to the first network,
停止对终端的数据调度、Stop data scheduling to the terminal,
停止发送下行数据、Stop sending downlink data,
挂起终端与所述第一网络的数据传输、Suspend data transmission between the terminal and the first network,
发送下行数据所属的业务类型指示信息;Send the indication information of the service type to which the downlink data belongs;
所述第一信息包括以下至少一项:第一时间、保持连接的指示信息、离开方式的指示信息、连接挂起的配置信息、带挂起指示的释放配置信息、数据处理的指示信息;The first information includes at least one of the following: the first time, the instruction information of keeping the connection, the instruction information of the leave mode, the configuration information of the connection suspension, the release configuration information with the suspension instruction, and the instruction information of data processing;
所述第三信息包括以下至少一项:第一时间、保持连接的指示信息、离开方式的指示信息、第二离开指示信息、数据处理的指示信息。The third information includes at least one of the following: the first time, the instruction information of keeping the connection, the instruction information of the leaving mode, the second instruction information of leaving, and the instruction information of data processing.
可选的,所述第一时间包括以下之一:Optionally, the first time includes one of the following:
终端离开第一网络时保持终端处于连接态的时间、The time the terminal stays connected when it leaves the first network,
终端离开第一网络时保持终端与第一网络连接的时间;The time for the terminal to keep the terminal connected to the first network when it leaves the first network;
和/或and / or
所述第二时间包括以下至少一项:The second time includes at least one of the following:
请求的终端离开第一网络的时间、The time when the requested terminal leaves the first network,
请求的终端离开第一网络时保持终端处于连接态、When the requested terminal leaves the first network, keep the terminal in the connected state,
请求的终端离开第一网络时保持终端与第一网络连接的时间、The time that the requested terminal keeps the terminal connected to the first network when it leaves the first network,
请求停止对终端的数据调度的时间、Request to stop data scheduling to the terminal,
请求停止发送下行数据的时间、Request to stop sending downlink data time,
请求挂起终端与第一网络的数据传输的时间;Request to suspend data transmission time between the terminal and the first network;
和/或and / or
所述第一离开指示信息用于指示以下至少一项:终端请求离开第一网络;The first leaving indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal requests to leave the first network;
和/或and / or
所述第二离开指示信息用于指示以下至少一项:终端离开第一网络;The second leaving indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal leaves the first network;
和/或and / or
所述请求保持连接的指示信息用于指示以下之一:请求保持终端处于连接态、请求保持终端与第一网络的连接;The indication information requesting to keep the connection is used to indicate one of the following: request to keep the terminal in a connected state, request to keep the connection between the terminal and the first network;
和/或and / or
所述保持连接的指示信息用于指示以下之一:保持终端处于连接态、保持终端与第一网络的连接;和/或The indication information of maintaining the connection is used to indicate one of the following: maintaining the terminal in a connected state, maintaining the connection between the terminal and the first network; and/or
所述请求数据处理的指示信息用于指示以下至少一项:The instruction information requesting data processing is used to indicate at least one of the following:
停止对终端的数据调度、请求停止发送下行数据、请求挂起终端与第一网络的数据传输;Stop data scheduling for the terminal, request to stop sending downlink data, request to suspend data transmission between the terminal and the first network;
和/或and / or
所述数据处理的指示信息用于指示以下至少一项:The data processing instruction information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
停止对终端的数据调度、停止发送下行数据、挂起终端与第一网络的数据传输。Stop data scheduling for the terminal, stop sending downlink data, and suspend data transmission between the terminal and the first network.
可选的,所述请求保持连接的指示信息和/或所述请求数据处理的指示信息仅在第二条件下有效;其中,所述第二条件包括以下之一:终端离开第一网络时、第二时间内、终端离开第一网络的第二时间内;Optionally, the indication information requesting to maintain the connection and/or the indication information requesting data processing is only valid under a second condition; wherein, the second condition includes one of the following: when the terminal leaves the first network, Within the second time, within the second time when the terminal leaves the first network;
和/或and / or
所述保持连接的指示信息和/或所述数据处理的指示信息仅在第三条件下有效;其中,所述第三条件包括以下之一:终端离开第一网络时、第一时间内、终端离开第一网络的第一时间内。The instruction information for maintaining the connection and/or the instruction information for data processing is only valid under a third condition; wherein, the third condition includes one of the following: when the terminal leaves the first network, within the first time, the terminal Within the first time of leaving the first network.
可选的,所述在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内包括以下之一:在接收所述第二信息后的第一时间内、在发送第一信息后的第一时间内、在发送第三信息后的第一时间内、在目标端接收第一信息后的第一时间内、在目标端接收第三信息后的第一时间内;Optionally, the first time during which the terminal leaves the first network includes one of the following: during the first time after receiving the second information, during the first time after sending the first information, The first time after the third information, the first time after the target end receives the first information, and the first time after the target end receives the third information;
和/或and / or
第一时间开始时间点包括以下之一:终端离开第一网络的时间点、接收所述第二信息的时间点、发送所述第一信息的时间点、发送所述第三信息的时间点、目标端接收第一信息的时间点、发送所述第三信息的时间点;The first time start time point includes one of the following: the time point when the terminal leaves the first network, the time point when the second information is received, the time point when the first information is sent, the time point when the third information is sent, The time point when the target terminal receives the first information and the time point when the third information is sent;
和/或and / or
第二时间开始时间点包括以下之一:终端离开第一网络的时间点、接收所述第二信息的时间点。The second time starting time point includes one of the following: the time point when the terminal leaves the first network, and the time point when the second information is received.
可选的,所述离开方式的指示信息包括以下之一:释放,挂起,带挂起指示的释放。Optionally, the indication information of the leaving mode includes one of the following: release, suspension, and release with suspension indication.
可选的,所述释放包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the release includes at least one of the following:
释放终端与第一网络的连接、在第一时间超时后释放终端与第一网络的连接、或在第一时间超时后本地释放终端与第一网络的连接;Releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network, releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network after the first time has expired, or locally releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network after the first time has expired;
将终端设置为空闲态或在第一时间超时后将终端设置为空闲态;Set the terminal to the idle state or set the terminal to the idle state after the first time expires;
删除终端上下文;Delete the terminal context;
和/或and / or
所述挂起包括以下之一:The suspension includes one of the following:
挂起终端与第一网络的连接、在第一时间超时后挂起终端与第一网络的连接,或在第一时间超时后本地挂起终端与第一网络的连接;Suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network, suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network after the first time expires, or suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network locally after the first time expires;
将终端设置为非活跃态或在第一时间超时后将终端设置为非活跃态;Set the terminal to an inactive state or set the terminal to an inactive state after the first time expires;
保留终端上下文;Keep terminal context;
和/或and / or
所述带挂起指示的释放包括以下至少一项:The release with suspension indication includes at least one of the following:
释放终端与第一网络的连接、在第一时间超时后释放终端与第一网络的连接、或在第一时间超时后本地释放终端与第一网络的连接;Releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network, releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network after the first time has expired, or locally releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network after the first time has expired;
将终端设置为空闲态或在第一时间超时后将终端设置为空闲态;Set the terminal to the idle state or set the terminal to the idle state after the first time expires;
保留终端上下文。The terminal context is preserved.
可选的,所述离开方式的指示信息包括挂起的情况下,所述第一信息还包括连接挂起的配置信息;Optionally, in a case where the indication information of the leave mode includes suspension, the first information further includes configuration information of connection suspension;
和/或and / or
所述离开方式的指示信息包括带挂起指示的释放的情况下,所述第一信息还包括带挂起指示的释放配置信息。In a case where the indication information of the leaving mode includes release with a suspend instruction, the first information further includes release configuration information with a suspend instruction.
可选的,程序或者指令12011被处理器1202执行时实现如下步骤:Optionally, the following steps are implemented when the program or instruction 12011 is executed by the processor 1202:
在所述第一时间超时的情况下,根据所述离开方式的指示信息,执行以下至少一项:In the case where the first time has expired, at least one of the following is performed according to the indication information of the leaving mode:
将终端设置为空闲态或将终端设置为非活跃态;Set the terminal to the idle state or set the terminal to the inactive state;
本地释放终端与第一网络的连接、本地挂起终端与第一网络的连接或本地释放终端与第一网络的连接但保存终端的上下文。Locally release the connection between the terminal and the first network, locally suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network, or locally release the connection between the terminal and the first network but save the context of the terminal.
可选的,程序或者指令12011被处理器1202执行时实现如下步骤:Optionally, the following steps are implemented when the program or instruction 12011 is executed by the processor 1202:
在所述第一时间超时的情况下,执行以下至少一项:In the case where the first time expires, perform at least one of the following:
释放终端与第一网络的连接、挂起终端与第一网络的连接或释放终端与第一网络的连接但保存终端的上下文;Release the connection between the terminal and the first network, suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network, or release the connection between the terminal and the first network but save the context of the terminal;
将终端设置为空闲态或将终端设置为非活跃态;Set the terminal to the idle state or set the terminal to the inactive state;
本地释放终端与第一网络的连接、本地挂起终端与第一网络的连接或本地释放终端与第一网络的连接但保存终端的上下文。Locally release the connection between the terminal and the first network, locally suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network, or locally release the connection between the terminal and the first network but save the context of the terminal.
可选的,程序或者指令12011被处理器1202执行时实现如下步骤:Optionally, the following steps are implemented when the program or instruction 12011 is executed by the processor 1202:
获取第四信息,所述第四信息用于指示以下至少一项:终端撤销离开所述第一网络,请求恢复对终端数据的调度,请求恢复发送下行数据,请求恢复终端与所述第一网络的数据传输,请求停止对第一时间计时。Obtain fourth information, where the fourth information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal withdraws from the first network, requests to resume scheduling of terminal data, requests to resume sending downlink data, and requests to resume the terminal and the first network Request to stop counting the first time.
可选的,程序或者指令12011被处理器1202执行时实现如下步骤:Optionally, the following steps are implemented when the program or instruction 12011 is executed by the processor 1202:
在所述第一时间未超时的情况下,根据所述第四信息执行所述第四操作;In the case where the first time has not expired, execute the fourth operation according to the fourth information;
其中,in,
所述第四操作包括以下至少一项:The fourth operation includes at least one of the following:
在终端上下文中删除所述第一信息、Delete the first information in the terminal context,
在终端上下文中删除所述第二信息、Delete the second information in the terminal context,
在终端上下文中删除所述第三信息、Delete the third information in the terminal context,
恢复对终端的数据调度、Restore data scheduling to the terminal,
恢复发送下行数据、Resume sending downlink data,
恢复终端与所述第一网络的数据传输、Resume data transmission between the terminal and the first network,
停止对第一时间计时、Stop counting the first time,
确定第五信息、发送所述确定的第五信息;Determine fifth information, and send the determined fifth information;
所述第五信息用于指示以下至少一项:终端撤销离开所述第一网络,恢复对终端数据的调度,恢复发送下行数据,恢复终端与所述第一网络的数据 传输,停止对第一时间计时,删除第三信息的指示信息或第三信息失效的指示信息。The fifth information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal withdraws from leaving the first network, resumes scheduling of terminal data, resumes sending downlink data, resumes data transmission between the terminal and the first network, and stops communicating with the first network. Time is counted, and the indication information of the third information or the indication information of the invalidity of the third information is deleted.
其中,在通信设备1200表现为上述方法实施例中的第三通信设备时,程序或者指令12011被处理器1202执行时实现如下步骤:Wherein, when the communication device 1200 acts as the third communication device in the foregoing method embodiment, the following steps are implemented when the program or instruction 12011 is executed by the processor 1202:
获取第三信息,所述第三信息包括以下至少一项:第一时间、保持连接的指示信息、离开方式的指示信息、第二离开指示信息、数据处理的指示信息;Acquire third information, where the third information includes at least one of the following: the first time, the instruction information of keeping the connection, the instruction information of the leaving mode, the second instruction information of leaving, and the instruction information of data processing;
根据所述第三信息,执行第五操作;Perform a fifth operation according to the third information;
其中,in,
所述第五操作包括如下至少一项:The fifth operation includes at least one of the following:
为终端确定连接挂起的配置信息、Determine the configuration information of the terminal for connection suspension,
为终端确定带挂起指示的释放配置信息、Determine the release configuration information with suspend indication for the terminal,
确定第二信息、Determine the second information,
发送所述第二信息、Sending the second information,
在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内,执行第六操作;Perform the sixth operation within the first time when the terminal leaves the first network;
其中,in,
所述第六操作包括如下至少一项:The sixth operation includes at least one of the following:
保持终端处于连接态或保持终端与第一网络的连接;Keep the terminal in a connected state or keep the terminal connected to the first network;
停止对终端的数据调度;Stop data scheduling to the terminal;
停止发送下行数据;Stop sending downlink data;
挂起终端与所述第一网络的数据传输。Suspend data transmission between the terminal and the first network.
可选的,所述第一时间包括以下之一:Optionally, the first time includes one of the following:
终端离开第一网络时保持终端处于连接态的时间、The time the terminal stays connected when it leaves the first network,
终端离开第一网络时保持终端与第一网络连接的时间;The time for the terminal to keep the terminal connected to the first network when it leaves the first network;
和/或and / or
所述保持连接的指示信息用于指示以下之一:保持终端处于连接态、保持终端与第一网络的连接;The indication information of maintaining the connection is used to indicate one of the following: maintaining the terminal in a connected state, and maintaining the connection between the terminal and the first network;
和/或and / or
所述第二离开指示信息用于指示以下至少一项:终端离开第一网络;The second leaving indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal leaves the first network;
和/或and / or
所述数据处理的指示信息用于指示以下至少一项:The data processing instruction information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
停止对终端的数据调度、停止发送下行数据、挂起终端与第一网络的数据传输。Stop data scheduling for the terminal, stop sending downlink data, and suspend data transmission between the terminal and the first network.
可选的,所述保持连接的指示信息和/或所述数据处理的指示信息仅在第三条件下有效;Optionally, the instruction information for maintaining the connection and/or the instruction information for data processing is only valid under the third condition;
其中,所述第三条件包括以下之一:Wherein, the third condition includes one of the following:
终端离开第一网络时、When the terminal leaves the first network,
第一时间内、Within the first time,
终端离开第一网络的第一时间内。The first time the terminal leaves the first network.
可选的,所述在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内包括以下之一:在接收所述第三信息后的第一时间内;在发送第一信息后的第一时间内、在目标端接收第一信息后的第一时间内;Optionally, the first time that the terminal leaves the first network includes one of the following: within the first time after receiving the third information; within the first time after sending the first information, in the target The first time after the terminal receives the first information;
和/或and / or
第一时间开始时间点包括以下之一:终端离开第一网络的时间点、接收所述第三信息的时间点、发送所述第一信息的时间点、目标端接收第一信息的时间点。The first time start time point includes one of the following: the time point when the terminal leaves the first network, the time point when the third information is received, the time point when the first information is sent, and the time point when the target terminal receives the first information.
可选的,所述离开方式的指示信息包括以下之一:释放,挂起,带挂起指示的释放。Optionally, the indication information of the leaving mode includes one of the following: release, suspension, and release with suspension indication.
可选的,所述释放包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the release includes at least one of the following:
释放终端与第一网络的连接、在第一时间超时后释放终端与第一网络的连接或在第一时间超时后本地释放终端与第一网络的连接;Releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network, releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network after the first time has expired, or locally releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network after the first time has expired;
将终端设置为空闲态或在第一时间超时后将终端设置为空闲态;Set the terminal to the idle state or set the terminal to the idle state after the first time expires;
删除终端上下文;Delete the terminal context;
和/或and / or
所述挂起包括以下之一:The suspension includes one of the following:
挂起终端与第一网络的连接、在第一时间超时后挂起终端与第一网络的连接或在第一时间超时后本地挂起终端与第一网络的连接;Suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network, suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network after the first time expires, or suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network locally after the first time expires;
将终端设置为非活跃态或在第一时间超时后将终端设置为非活跃态;Set the terminal to an inactive state or set the terminal to an inactive state after the first time expires;
保留终端上下文;Keep terminal context;
和/或and / or
所述带挂起指示的释放包括以下至少一项:The release with suspension indication includes at least one of the following:
释放终端与第一网络的连接、在第一时间超时后释放终端与第一网络的连接、或在第一时间超时后本地释放终端与第一网络的连接;Releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network, releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network after the first time has expired, or locally releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network after the first time has expired;
将终端设置为空闲态或在第一时间超时后将终端设置为空闲态;Set the terminal to the idle state or set the terminal to the idle state after the first time expires;
保留终端上下文。The terminal context is preserved.
可选的,所述离开方式的指示信息包括挂起的情况下,所述第一信息还包括连接挂起的配置信息;Optionally, in a case where the indication information of the leave mode includes suspension, the first information further includes configuration information of connection suspension;
和/或and / or
所述离开方式的指示信息包括挂起的情况下,所述第五操作包括为终端确定连接挂起的配置信息;In a case where the indication information of the leave mode includes suspension, the fifth operation includes configuration information for determining the connection suspension for the terminal;
和/或and / or
所述离开方式的指示信息包括带挂起指示的释放的情况下,所述第一信息还包括带挂起指示的释放配置信息;In a case where the indication information of the leaving mode includes release with a suspend instruction, the first information further includes release configuration information with a suspend instruction;
和/或and / or
所述离开方式的指示信息包括挂起指示的释放的情况下,所述第五操作包括为终端确定挂起指示的释放配置信息。In a case where the indication information of the leaving mode includes the release of the suspension instruction, the fifth operation includes determining the release configuration information of the suspension instruction for the terminal.
可选的,程序或者指令12011被处理器1202执行时实现如下步骤:Optionally, the following steps are implemented when the program or instruction 12011 is executed by the processor 1202:
在所述第一时间超时的情况下,根据所述离开方式的指示信息,执行以下至少一项:In the case where the first time has expired, at least one of the following is performed according to the indication information of the leaving mode:
将终端设置为空闲态或将终端设置为非活跃态;Set the terminal to the idle state or set the terminal to the inactive state;
本地释放终端与第一网络的连接、本地挂起终端与第一网络的连接或本地释放终端与第一网络的连接但保存终端的上下文。Locally release the connection between the terminal and the first network, locally suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network, or locally release the connection between the terminal and the first network but save the context of the terminal.
可选的,程序或者指令12011被处理器1202执行时实现如下步骤:Optionally, the following steps are implemented when the program or instruction 12011 is executed by the processor 1202:
在所述第一时间超时的情况下,执行以下至少一项:In the case where the first time expires, perform at least one of the following:
释放终端与第一网络的连接、挂起终端与第一网络的连接或释放终端与第一网络的连接但保存终端的上下文;Release the connection between the terminal and the first network, suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network, or release the connection between the terminal and the first network but save the context of the terminal;
将终端设置为空闲态或将终端设置为非活跃态;Set the terminal to the idle state or set the terminal to the inactive state;
本地释放终端与第一网络的连接、本地挂起终端与第一网络的连接或本地释放终端与第一网络的连接但保存终端的上下文。Locally release the connection between the terminal and the first network, locally suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network, or locally release the connection between the terminal and the first network but save the context of the terminal.
可选的,程序或者指令12011被处理器1202执行时实现如下步骤:Optionally, the following steps are implemented when the program or instruction 12011 is executed by the processor 1202:
获取第四信息,所述第四信息用于指示以下至少一项:终端撤销离开所述第一网络,请求恢复对终端数据的调度,请求恢复发送下行数据,请求恢复终端与所述第一网络的数据传输,请求停止对第一时间计时。Obtain fourth information, where the fourth information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal withdraws from the first network, requests to resume scheduling of terminal data, requests to resume sending downlink data, and requests to resume the terminal and the first network Request to stop counting the first time.
可选的,程序或者指令12011被处理器1202执行时实现如下步骤:Optionally, the following steps are implemented when the program or instruction 12011 is executed by the processor 1202:
在所述第一时间未超时的情况下,根据所述第四信息执行所述第七操作;In the case where the first time has not expired, execute the seventh operation according to the fourth information;
所述第七操作包括以下至少一项:The seventh operation includes at least one of the following:
在终端上下文中删除所述第一信息、Delete the first information in the terminal context,
在终端上下文中删除所述第三信息、Delete the third information in the terminal context,
恢复对终端的数据调度,Restore data scheduling to the terminal,
恢复发送下行数据,Resume sending downlink data,
恢复终端与所述第一网络的数据传输,Resume data transmission between the terminal and the first network,
停止对第一时间计时。Stop counting the first time.
可选的,程序或者指令12011被处理器1202执行时实现如下步骤:Optionally, the following steps are implemented when the program or instruction 12011 is executed by the processor 1202:
获取第五信息,所述第五信息用于指示以下至少一项:终端撤销离开所述第一网络,恢复对终端数据的调度,恢复发送下行数据,恢复终端与所述第一网络的数据传输,停止对第一时间计时,删除第三信息的指示信息或第三信息失效的指示信息;Acquire fifth information, where the fifth information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal cancels leaving the first network, resumes scheduling of terminal data, resumes sending downlink data, resumes data transmission between the terminal and the first network , Stop counting the first time, delete the indication information of the third information or the indication information that the third information is invalid;
根据所述第五信息,执行第八操作;Perform an eighth operation according to the fifth information;
所述第八操作包括以下至少一项:The eighth operation includes at least one of the following:
在终端上下文中删除所述第三信息、Delete the third information in the terminal context,
恢复对终端的数据调度,Restore data scheduling to the terminal,
恢复发送下行数据,Resume sending downlink data,
恢复终端与所述第一网络的数据传输,Resume data transmission between the terminal and the first network,
停止对第一时间计时。Stop counting the first time.
通信设备1200能够实现上述方法实施例中通信设备实现的各个过程,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。The communication device 1200 can implement each process implemented by the communication device in the foregoing method embodiment, and to avoid repetition, details are not described herein again.
本申请实施例还提供一种可读存储介质,所述可读存储介质上存储有程序或指令,该程序或指令被处理器执行时实现上述离开网络的控制方法各种实施例的各个过程,且能达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。The embodiment of the present application also provides a readable storage medium, and the readable storage medium stores a program or instruction, and when the program or instruction is executed by a processor, each process of the various embodiments of the control method for leaving the network is realized. And can achieve the same technical effect, in order to avoid repetition, I will not repeat them here.
其中,所述处理器为上述实施例中所述的终端或者网络设备中的处理器。所述可读存储介质,包括计算机可读存储介质,如计算机只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等。Wherein, the processor is the processor in the terminal or network device described in the foregoing embodiment. The readable storage medium includes a computer readable storage medium, such as a computer read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disks, or optical disks.
本申请实施例另提供了一种芯片,所述芯片包括处理器和通信接口,所述通信接口和所述处理器耦合,所述处理器用于运行程序或指令,实现上述连接控制方法各种实施例的各个过程,且能达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。The embodiment of the present application further provides a chip, the chip includes a processor and a communication interface, the communication interface is coupled with the processor, and the processor is used to run a program or an instruction to implement various implementations of the connection control method described above Each process of the example, and can achieve the same technical effect, in order to avoid repetition, I will not repeat them here.
应理解,本申请实施例提到的芯片还可以称为系统级芯片、系统芯片、芯片系统或片上系统芯片等。It should be understood that the chips mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may also be referred to as system-level chips, system-on-chips, system-on-chips, or system-on-chips.
可以理解的是,本公开描述的这些实施例可以用硬件、软件、固件、中间件、微码或其组合来实现。对于硬件实现,模块、单元、子模块、子单元等可以实现在一个或多个专用集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuits,ASIC)、数字信号处理器(Digital Signal Processing,DSP)、数字信号处理设备(DSP Device,DSPD)、可编程逻辑设备(Programmable Logic Device,PLD)、现场可编程门阵列(Field-Programmable Gate Array,FPGA)、通用处理器、控制器、微控制器、微处理器、用于执行本申请所述功能的其它电子单元或其组合中。It can be understood that the embodiments described in the present disclosure can be implemented by hardware, software, firmware, middleware, microcode, or a combination thereof. For hardware implementation, modules, units, sub-modules, sub-units, etc. can be implemented in one or more application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), digital signal processors (Digital Signal Processing, DSP), digital signal processing equipment ( DSP Device, DSPD), Programmable Logic Device (PLD), Field-Programmable Gate Array (Field-Programmable Gate Array, FPGA), general-purpose processors, controllers, microcontrollers, microprocessors, Other electronic units or combinations thereof that perform the functions described in this application.
需要说明的是,在本文中,术语“包括”、“包含”或者其任何其他变体意在涵盖非排他性的包含,从而使得包括一系列要素的过程、方法、物品或者装置不仅包括那些要素,而且还包括没有明确列出的其他要素,或者是还包括为这种过程、方法、物品或者装置所固有的要素。在没有更多限制的情况下,由语句“包括一个……”限定的要素,并不排除在包括该要素的过程、方法、物品或者装置中还存在另外的相同要素。此外,需要指出的是,本申请实施方式中的方法和装置的范围不限按示出或讨论的顺序来执行功能,还可包括根据所涉及的功能按基本同时的方式或按相反的顺序来执行功能,例如,可以按不同于所描述的次序来执行所描述的方法,并且还可以添加、省去、或组合各种步骤。另外,参照某些示例所描述的特征可在其他示例中被组合。It should be noted that in this article, the terms "including", "including" or any other variants thereof are intended to cover non-exclusive inclusion, so that a process, method, article or device including a series of elements not only includes those elements, It also includes other elements that are not explicitly listed, or elements inherent to the process, method, article, or device. If there are no more restrictions, the element defined by the sentence "including a..." does not exclude the existence of other identical elements in the process, method, article, or device that includes the element. In addition, it should be pointed out that the scope of the methods and devices in the embodiments of the present application is not limited to performing functions in the order shown or discussed, and may also include performing functions in a substantially simultaneous manner or in reverse order according to the functions involved. The functions are performed, for example, the described method may be performed in an order different from the described order, and various steps may also be added, omitted, or combined. In addition, features described with reference to certain examples may be combined in other examples.
通过以上的实施方式的描述,本领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到上述实施例方法可借助软件加必需的通用硬件平台的方式来实现,当然也可以通过硬件,但很多情况下前者是更佳的实施方式。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质(如ROM/RAM、磁碟、光盘)中,包括若干指令用以使得一台终端(可以是手机,计算机,服务器,空调器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述的方法。Through the description of the above implementation manners, those skilled in the art can clearly understand that the above-mentioned embodiment methods can be implemented by means of software plus the necessary general hardware platform. Of course, it can also be implemented by hardware, but in many cases the former is better.的实施方式。 Based on this understanding, the technical solution of this application essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium (such as ROM/RAM, magnetic disk, The optical disc) includes several instructions to make a terminal (which can be a mobile phone, a computer, a server, an air conditioner, or a network device, etc.) execute the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
上面结合附图对本申请的实施例进行了描述,但是本申请并不局限于上 述的具体实施方式,上述的具体实施方式仅仅是示意性的,而不是限制性的,本领域的普通技术人员在本申请的启示下,在不脱离本申请宗旨和权利要求所保护的范围情况下,还可做出很多形式,均属于本申请的保护之内。The embodiments of the present application are described above with reference to the accompanying drawings, but the present application is not limited to the above-mentioned specific embodiments. The above-mentioned specific embodiments are only illustrative and not restrictive. Those of ordinary skill in the art are Under the enlightenment of this application, many forms can be made without departing from the purpose of this application and the scope of protection of the claims, all of which fall within the protection of this application.

Claims (43)

  1. 一种离开网络的控制方法,应用于第一通信设备,包括:A control method for leaving the network, applied to a first communication device, includes:
    获取第一信息,所述第一信息包括以下至少一项:第一时间、保持连接的指示信息、离开方式的指示信息、连接挂起的配置信息、带挂起指示的释放配置信息、数据处理的指示信息、第二离开指示信息,其中,所述第二离开指示信息用于指示终端离开第一网络;Acquire first information, where the first information includes at least one of the following: the first time, the instruction information of keeping the connection, the instruction information of the leave mode, the configuration information of the connection suspension, the release configuration information with the suspension instruction, and the data processing Indication information and second leaving indication information of, where the second leaving indication information is used to instruct the terminal to leave the first network;
    在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内,执行第一操作;Perform the first operation within the first time when the terminal leaves the first network;
    其中,in,
    所述第一操作包括如下至少一项:保持终端处于连接态、保持终端与第一网络的连接、缓存或丢弃上行数据、停止上行数据的调度请求、停止上行数据发送。The first operation includes at least one of the following: maintaining the terminal in a connected state, maintaining the connection between the terminal and the first network, buffering or discarding uplink data, stopping a scheduling request for uplink data, and stopping uplink data transmission.
  2. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 1, wherein:
    所述第一时间包括以下之一:The first time includes one of the following:
    终端离开第一网络时保持终端处于连接态的时间、The time the terminal stays connected when it leaves the first network,
    终端离开第一网络时保持终端与第一网络连接的时间;The time for the terminal to keep the terminal connected to the first network when it leaves the first network;
    和/或and / or
    所述保持连接的指示信息用于指示以下之一:The keep-alive indication information is used to indicate one of the following:
    保持终端处于连接态、Keep the terminal in a connected state,
    保持终端与第一网络的连接、Keep the terminal connected to the first network,
    在终端离开第一网络时保持终端处于连接态、Keep the terminal in a connected state when the terminal leaves the first network,
    在终端离开第一网络时保持终端与第一网络的连接、Keep the connection between the terminal and the first network when the terminal leaves the first network,
    在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内终端处于连接态、The terminal is in the connected state within the first time the terminal leaves the first network,
    在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内保持终端与第一网络的连接;Maintaining the connection between the terminal and the first network during the first time when the terminal leaves the first network;
    和/或and / or
    所述数据处理的指示信息用于指示以下至少一项:The data processing instruction information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
    停止对终端的数据调度、Stop data scheduling to the terminal,
    停止发送下行数据、Stop sending downlink data,
    挂起终端与第一网络的数据传输、Suspend the data transmission between the terminal and the first network,
    在终端离开第一网络时停止对终端的数据调度、Stop data scheduling to the terminal when the terminal leaves the first network,
    在终端离开第一网络时停止发送下行数据、Stop sending downlink data when the terminal leaves the first network,
    在终端离开第一网络时挂起终端与第一网络的数据传输、Suspend data transmission between the terminal and the first network when the terminal leaves the first network,
    在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内挂起终端与第一网络的数据传输、Suspend data transmission between the terminal and the first network within the first time when the terminal leaves the first network,
    在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内停止对终端的数据调度、Stop data scheduling to the terminal within the first time when the terminal leaves the first network,
    在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内停止发送下行数据。Stop sending downlink data within the first time when the terminal leaves the first network.
  3. 如权利要求2所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 2, wherein:
    所述保持连接的指示信息和/或所述数据处理的指示信息仅在第三条件下有效;其中,所述第三条件包括以下之一:终端离开第一网络时、第一时间内、终端离开第一网络的第一时间内。The instruction information for maintaining the connection and/or the instruction information for data processing is only valid under a third condition; wherein, the third condition includes one of the following: when the terminal leaves the first network, within the first time, the terminal Within the first time of leaving the first network.
  4. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述获取第一信息的步骤之前,所述方法还包括:发送第二信息;The method according to claim 1, wherein, before the step of obtaining the first information, the method further comprises: sending the second information;
    所述第二信息包括以下至少一项:第二时间、第一离开指示信息、请求保持连接的指示信息、请求数据处理的指示信息;The second information includes at least one of the following: the second time, the first leaving instruction information, the instruction information requesting to keep the connection, the instruction information requesting data processing;
    其中,in,
    所述第二时间包括以下至少一项:The second time includes at least one of the following:
    请求的终端离开第一网络的时间、The time when the requested terminal leaves the first network,
    请求的终端离开第一网络时保持终端处于连接态、When the requested terminal leaves the first network, keep the terminal in the connected state,
    请求的终端离开第一网络时保持终端与第一网络连接的时间、The time that the requested terminal keeps the terminal connected to the first network when it leaves the first network,
    请求停止对终端的数据调度的时间、Request to stop data scheduling to the terminal,
    请求停止发送下行数据的时间、Request to stop sending downlink data time,
    请求挂起终端与第一网络的数据传输的时间;Request to suspend data transmission time between the terminal and the first network;
    所述第一离开指示信息用于指示以下至少一项:终端请求离开第一网络;The first leaving indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal requests to leave the first network;
    所述请求保持连接的指示信息用于指示以下之一:请求保持终端处于连接态、请求保持终端与第一网络的连接;The indication information requesting to keep the connection is used to indicate one of the following: request to keep the terminal in a connected state, request to keep the connection between the terminal and the first network;
    所述请求数据处理的指示信息用于指示以下至少一项:请求停止对终端的数据调度、请求停止发送下行数据、请求挂起终端与第一网络的数据传输。The indication information for requesting data processing is used to indicate at least one of the following: requesting to stop data scheduling to the terminal, requesting to stop sending downlink data, and requesting to suspend data transmission between the terminal and the first network.
  5. 如权利要求4所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 4, wherein:
    所述请求保持连接的指示信息和/或所述请求数据处理的指示信息仅在第二条件下有效;其中,所述第二条件包括以下之一:终端离开第一网络时、第二时间内、终端离开第一网络的第二时间内。The instruction information requesting to keep the connection and/or the instruction information requesting data processing are only valid under a second condition; wherein, the second condition includes one of the following: when the terminal leaves the first network, within the second time , The terminal leaves the first network within the second time.
  6. 如权利要求1或4所述的方法,其中,所述在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内包括以下之一:在接收所述第一信息后的第一时间内、在发送第二信息后的第一时间内、在目标端接收第二信息后的第一时间内;The method according to claim 1 or 4, wherein the first time that the terminal leaves the first network includes one of the following: within the first time after receiving the first information, and sending the second information After the first time, the first time after the target terminal receives the second information;
    和/或and / or
    所述第一时间的开始时间点包括以下之一:终端离开第一网络的时间点、接收所述第一信息的时间点、发送所述第二信息的时间点、目标端接收所述第二信息的时间点;The start time point of the first time includes one of the following: the time point when the terminal leaves the first network, the time point when the first information is received, the time point when the second information is sent, and the target terminal receives the second information. The time point of the information;
    和/或and / or
    所述第二时间的开始时间点包括以下之一:终端离开第一网络的时间点、发送所述第二信息的时间点、目标端接收所述第二信息的时间点。The start time point of the second time includes one of the following: the time point when the terminal leaves the first network, the time point when the second information is sent, and the time point when the target terminal receives the second information.
  7. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述离开方式的指示信息包括以下之一:释放,挂起,带挂起指示的释放。The method according to claim 1, wherein the indication information of the leaving mode includes one of the following: release, suspension, and release with suspension indication.
  8. 如权利要求7所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 7, wherein:
    所述释放包括以下至少一项:The release includes at least one of the following:
    释放终端与第一网络的连接、在第一时间超时后释放终端与第一网络的连接或在第一时间超时后本地释放终端与第一网络的连接;Releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network, releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network after the first time has expired, or locally releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network after the first time has expired;
    将终端设置为空闲态或在第一时间超时后将终端设置为空闲态;Set the terminal to the idle state or set the terminal to the idle state after the first time expires;
    删除终端上下文;Delete the terminal context;
    和/或and / or
    所述挂起包括以下之一:The suspension includes one of the following:
    挂起终端与第一网络的连接、在第一时间超时后挂起终端与第一网络的连接或在第一时间超时后本地挂起终端与第一网络的连接;Suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network, suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network after the first time expires, or suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network locally after the first time expires;
    将终端设置为非活跃态或在第一时间超时后将终端设置为非活跃态;Set the terminal to an inactive state or set the terminal to an inactive state after the first time expires;
    保留终端上下文;Keep terminal context;
    和/或and / or
    所述带挂起指示的释放包括以下至少一项:The release with suspension indication includes at least one of the following:
    释放终端与第一网络的连接、在第一时间超时后释放终端与第一网络的连接或在第一时间超时后本地释放终端与第一网络的连接;Releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network, releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network after the first time has expired, or locally releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network after the first time has expired;
    将终端设置为空闲态或在第一时间超时后将终端设置为空闲态;Set the terminal to the idle state or set the terminal to the idle state after the first time expires;
    保留终端上下文。The terminal context is preserved.
  9. 如权利要求7所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 7, wherein:
    所述离开方式的指示信息包括挂起的情况下,所述第一信息还包括连接挂起的配置信息;In a case where the indication information of the leave mode includes suspension, the first information further includes configuration information of connection suspension;
    和/或and / or
    所述离开方式的指示信息包括带挂起指示的释放的情况下,所述第一信息还包括带挂起的释放配置信息。In a case where the indication information of the leaving mode includes release with a suspend instruction, the first information further includes release configuration information with a suspend.
  10. 如权利要求1、7或8所述的方法,还包括:The method of claim 1, 7 or 8, further comprising:
    在所述第一时间超时的情况下,根据所述离开方式的指示信息,执行以下至少一项:In the case where the first time has expired, at least one of the following is performed according to the indication information of the leaving mode:
    将终端设置为空闲态或将终端设置为非活跃态;Set the terminal to the idle state or set the terminal to the inactive state;
    本地释放终端与第一网络的连接、本地挂起终端与第一网络的连接或本地释放终端与第一网络的连接但保存终端的上下文。Locally release the connection between the terminal and the first network, locally suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network, or locally release the connection between the terminal and the first network but save the context of the terminal.
  11. 如权利要求1所述的方法,还包括:The method of claim 1, further comprising:
    发送所述第一信息。Send the first information.
  12. 如权利要求1所述的方法,还包括:The method of claim 1, further comprising:
    在所述第一时间超时的情况下,执行以下至少一项:In the case where the first time expires, perform at least one of the following:
    释放终端与第一网络的连接、挂起终端与第一网络的连接或释放终端与第一网络的连接但保存终端的上下文;Release the connection between the terminal and the first network, suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network, or release the connection between the terminal and the first network but save the context of the terminal;
    将终端设置为空闲态或将终端设置为非活跃态;Set the terminal to the idle state or set the terminal to the inactive state;
    本地释放终端与第一网络的连接、本地挂起终端与第一网络的连接或本地释放终端与第一网络的连接但保存终端的上下文。Locally release the connection between the terminal and the first network, locally suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network, or locally release the connection between the terminal and the first network but save the context of the terminal.
  13. 如权利要求1所述的方法,还包括:The method of claim 1, further comprising:
    发送第四信息,所述第四信息用于指示以下至少一项:终端撤销离开所述第一网络,请求恢复对终端数据的调度,请求恢复发送下行数据,请求恢复终端与所述第一网络的数据传输,请求停止对第一时间计时。Send fourth information, where the fourth information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal withdraws from leaving the first network, requests to resume scheduling of terminal data, requests to resume sending downlink data, and requests to resume the terminal and the first network Request to stop counting the first time.
  14. 如权利要求13所述的方法,其中,所述发送第四信息包括:The method according to claim 13, wherein said sending the fourth information comprises:
    在满足第一条件的情况下,发送所述第四信息,所述第一条件包括:所述第一时间未超时。When the first condition is met, the fourth information is sent, and the first condition includes: the first time has not expired.
  15. 一种离开网络的控制方法,应用于第二通信设备,包括:A control method for leaving the network, applied to a second communication device, includes:
    获取第二信息,所述第二信息包括以下至少一项:第二时间、离开网络的指示信息、请求保持连接的指示信息、请求数据处理的指示信息;Acquire second information, where the second information includes at least one of the following: a second time, indication information to leave the network, indication information requesting to maintain a connection, and indication information requesting data processing;
    根据获取的第二信息,执行第二操作;Perform the second operation according to the acquired second information;
    其中,in,
    所述第二操作包括如下至少一项:The second operation includes at least one of the following:
    确定第一信息、发送所述第一信息、Determine the first information, send the first information,
    发送所述第二信息、Sending the second information,
    确定第三信息、发送所述第三信息、Determine the third information, send the third information,
    在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内,执行第三操作;Perform the third operation within the first time when the terminal leaves the first network;
    所述第三操作包括如下至少一项:The third operation includes at least one of the following:
    保持终端处于连接态或保持终端与第一网络的连接、Keep the terminal in a connected state or keep the terminal connected to the first network,
    停止对终端的数据调度、Stop data scheduling to the terminal,
    停止发送下行数据、Stop sending downlink data,
    挂起终端与所述第一网络的数据传输、Suspend data transmission between the terminal and the first network,
    发送下行数据所属的业务类型指示信息;Send the indication information of the service type to which the downlink data belongs;
    所述第一信息包括以下至少一项:第一时间、保持连接的指示信息、离开方式的指示信息、连接挂起的配置信息、带挂起指示的释放配置信息、数据处理的指示信息;The first information includes at least one of the following: the first time, the instruction information of keeping the connection, the instruction information of the leave mode, the configuration information of the connection suspension, the release configuration information with the suspension instruction, and the instruction information of data processing;
    所述第三信息包括以下至少一项:第一时间、保持连接的指示信息、离开方式的指示信息、第二离开指示信息、数据处理的指示信息。The third information includes at least one of the following: the first time, the instruction information of keeping the connection, the instruction information of the leaving mode, the second instruction information of leaving, and the instruction information of data processing.
  16. 如权利要求15所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 15, wherein:
    所述第一时间包括以下之一:The first time includes one of the following:
    终端离开第一网络时保持终端处于连接态的时间、The time the terminal stays connected when it leaves the first network,
    终端离开第一网络时保持终端与第一网络连接的时间;The time for the terminal to keep the terminal connected to the first network when it leaves the first network;
    和/或and / or
    所述第二时间包括以下至少一项:The second time includes at least one of the following:
    请求的终端离开第一网络的时间、The time when the requested terminal leaves the first network,
    请求的终端离开第一网络时保持终端处于连接态、When the requested terminal leaves the first network, keep the terminal in the connected state,
    请求的终端离开第一网络时保持终端与第一网络连接的时间、The time that the requested terminal keeps the terminal connected to the first network when it leaves the first network,
    请求停止对终端的数据调度的时间、Request to stop data scheduling to the terminal,
    请求停止发送下行数据的时间、Request to stop sending downlink data time,
    请求挂起终端与第一网络的数据传输的时间;Request to suspend data transmission time between the terminal and the first network;
    和/或and / or
    所述第一离开指示信息用于指示以下至少一项:终端请求离开第一网络;The first leaving indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal requests to leave the first network;
    和/或and / or
    所述第二离开指示信息用于指示以下至少一项:终端离开第一网络;The second leaving indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal leaves the first network;
    和/或and / or
    所述请求保持连接的指示信息用于指示以下之一:请求保持终端处于连接态、请求保持终端与第一网络的连接;The indication information requesting to keep the connection is used to indicate one of the following: request to keep the terminal in a connected state, request to keep the connection between the terminal and the first network;
    和/或and / or
    所述保持连接的指示信息用于指示以下之一:保持终端处于连接态、保持终端与第一网络的连接;和/或The indication information of maintaining the connection is used to indicate one of the following: maintaining the terminal in a connected state, maintaining the connection between the terminal and the first network; and/or
    所述请求数据处理的指示信息用于指示以下至少一项:The instruction information requesting data processing is used to indicate at least one of the following:
    停止对终端的数据调度、请求停止发送下行数据、请求挂起终端与第一网络的数据传输;Stop data scheduling for the terminal, request to stop sending downlink data, request to suspend data transmission between the terminal and the first network;
    和/或and / or
    所述数据处理的指示信息用于指示以下至少一项:The data processing instruction information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
    停止对终端的数据调度、停止发送下行数据、挂起终端与第一网络的数据传输。Stop data scheduling for the terminal, stop sending downlink data, and suspend data transmission between the terminal and the first network.
  17. 如权利要求15或16所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 15 or 16, wherein:
    所述请求保持连接的指示信息和/或所述请求数据处理的指示信息仅在第二条件下有效;其中,所述第二条件包括以下之一:终端离开第一网络时、第二时间内、终端离开第一网络的第二时间内;The instruction information requesting to keep the connection and/or the instruction information requesting data processing are only valid under a second condition; wherein, the second condition includes one of the following: when the terminal leaves the first network, within the second time , The terminal leaves the first network within the second time;
    和/或and / or
    所述保持连接的指示信息和/或所述数据处理的指示信息仅在第三条件下有效;其中,所述第三条件包括以下之一:终端离开第一网络时、第一时间内、终端离开第一网络的第一时间内。The instruction information for maintaining the connection and/or the instruction information for data processing is only valid under a third condition; wherein, the third condition includes one of the following: when the terminal leaves the first network, within the first time, the terminal Within the first time of leaving the first network.
  18. 如权利要求16所述的方法,其中,所述在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内包括以下之一:在接收所述第二信息后的第一时间内、在发送第一信息后的第一时间内、在发送第三信息后的第一时间内、在目标端接收第一信息后的第一时间内、在目标端接收第三信息后的第一时间内;The method according to claim 16, wherein the first time during which the terminal leaves the first network comprises one of the following: during the first time after receiving the second information, after sending the first information Within the first time, within the first time after sending the third information, within the first time after the target end receives the first information, and within the first time after the target end receives the third information;
    和/或and / or
    第一时间开始时间点包括以下之一:终端离开第一网络的时间点、接收所述第二信息的时间点、发送所述第一信息的时间点、发送所述第三信息的时间点、目标端接收第一信息的时间点、发送所述第三信息的时间点;The first time start time point includes one of the following: the time point when the terminal leaves the first network, the time point when the second information is received, the time point when the first information is sent, the time point when the third information is sent, The time point when the target terminal receives the first information and the time point when the third information is sent;
    和/或and / or
    第二时间开始时间点包括以下之一:终端离开第一网络的时间点、接收所述第二信息的时间点。The second time starting time point includes one of the following: the time point when the terminal leaves the first network, and the time point when the second information is received.
  19. 如权利要求15所述的方法,其中,所述离开方式的指示信息包括以下之一:释放,挂起,带挂起指示的释放。The method according to claim 15, wherein the indication information of the leaving mode includes one of the following: release, suspension, and release with suspension indication.
  20. 如权利要求19所述的方法,其中,所述释放包括以下至少一项:The method of claim 19, wherein the releasing comprises at least one of the following:
    释放终端与第一网络的连接、在第一时间超时后释放终端与第一网络的连接、或在第一时间超时后本地释放终端与第一网络的连接;Releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network, releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network after the first time has expired, or locally releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network after the first time has expired;
    将终端设置为空闲态或在第一时间超时后将终端设置为空闲态;Set the terminal to the idle state or set the terminal to the idle state after the first time expires;
    删除终端上下文;Delete the terminal context;
    和/或and / or
    所述挂起包括以下之一:The suspension includes one of the following:
    挂起终端与第一网络的连接、在第一时间超时后挂起终端与第一网络的连接,或在第一时间超时后本地挂起终端与第一网络的连接;Suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network, suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network after the first time expires, or suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network locally after the first time expires;
    将终端设置为非活跃态或在第一时间超时后将终端设置为非活跃态;Set the terminal to an inactive state or set the terminal to an inactive state after the first time expires;
    保留终端上下文;Keep terminal context;
    和/或and / or
    所述带挂起指示的释放包括以下至少一项:The release with suspension indication includes at least one of the following:
    释放终端与第一网络的连接、在第一时间超时后释放终端与第一网络的连接、或在第一时间超时后本地释放终端与第一网络的连接;Releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network, releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network after the first time has expired, or locally releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network after the first time has expired;
    将终端设置为空闲态或在第一时间超时后将终端设置为空闲态;Set the terminal to the idle state or set the terminal to the idle state after the first time expires;
    保留终端上下文。The terminal context is preserved.
  21. 如权利要求19所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 19, wherein:
    所述离开方式的指示信息包括挂起的情况下,所述第一信息还包括连接挂起的配置信息;In a case where the indication information of the leave mode includes suspension, the first information further includes configuration information of connection suspension;
    和/或and / or
    所述离开方式的指示信息包括带挂起指示的释放的情况下,所述第一信息还包括带挂起指示的释放配置信息。In a case where the indication information of the leaving mode includes release with a suspend instruction, the first information further includes release configuration information with a suspend instruction.
  22. 如权利要求15、19或20所述的方法,还包括:The method of claim 15, 19 or 20, further comprising:
    在所述第一时间超时的情况下,根据所述离开方式的指示信息,执行以下至少一项:In the case where the first time has expired, at least one of the following is performed according to the indication information of the leaving mode:
    将终端设置为空闲态或将终端设置为非活跃态;Set the terminal to the idle state or set the terminal to the inactive state;
    本地释放终端与第一网络的连接、本地挂起终端与第一网络的连接或本地释放终端与第一网络的连接但保存终端的上下文。Locally release the connection between the terminal and the first network, locally suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network, or locally release the connection between the terminal and the first network but save the context of the terminal.
  23. 如权利要求15所述的方法,还包括:The method of claim 15, further comprising:
    在所述第一时间超时的情况下,执行以下至少一项:In the case where the first time expires, perform at least one of the following:
    释放终端与第一网络的连接、挂起终端与第一网络的连接或释放终端与第一网络的连接但保存终端的上下文;Release the connection between the terminal and the first network, suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network, or release the connection between the terminal and the first network but save the context of the terminal;
    将终端设置为空闲态或将终端设置为非活跃态;Set the terminal to the idle state or set the terminal to the inactive state;
    本地释放终端与第一网络的连接、本地挂起终端与第一网络的连接或本地释放终端与第一网络的连接但保存终端的上下文。Locally release the connection between the terminal and the first network, locally suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network, or locally release the connection between the terminal and the first network but save the context of the terminal.
  24. 如权利要求15所述的方法,还包括:The method of claim 15, further comprising:
    获取第四信息,所述第四信息用于指示以下至少一项:终端撤销离开所述第一网络,请求恢复对终端数据的调度,请求恢复发送下行数据,请求恢复终端与所述第一网络的数据传输,请求停止对第一时间计时。Obtain fourth information, where the fourth information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal withdraws from the first network, requests to resume scheduling of terminal data, requests to resume sending downlink data, and requests to resume the terminal and the first network Request to stop counting the first time.
  25. 如权利要求24所述的方法,还包括:The method of claim 24, further comprising:
    在所述第一时间未超时的情况下,根据所述第四信息执行所述第四操作;If the first time has not expired, execute the fourth operation according to the fourth information;
    其中,in,
    所述第四操作包括以下至少一项:The fourth operation includes at least one of the following:
    在终端上下文中删除所述第一信息、Delete the first information in the terminal context,
    在终端上下文中删除所述第二信息、Delete the second information in the terminal context,
    在终端上下文中删除所述第三信息、Delete the third information in the terminal context,
    恢复对终端的数据调度、Restore data scheduling to the terminal,
    恢复发送下行数据、Resume sending downlink data,
    恢复终端与所述第一网络的数据传输、Restore data transmission between the terminal and the first network,
    停止对第一时间计时、Stop counting the first time,
    确定第五信息、发送所述确定的第五信息;Determine fifth information, and send the determined fifth information;
    所述第五信息用于指示以下至少一项:终端撤销离开所述第一网络,恢复对终端数据的调度,恢复发送下行数据,恢复终端与所述第一网络的数据传输,停止对第一时间计时,删除第三信息的指示信息或第三信息失效的指示信息。The fifth information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal withdraws from leaving the first network, resumes scheduling of terminal data, resumes sending downlink data, resumes data transmission between the terminal and the first network, and stops communicating with the first network. Time is counted, and the indication information of the third information or the indication information of the invalidity of the third information is deleted.
  26. 一种离开网络的控制方法,应用于第三通信设备,包括:A control method for leaving the network, applied to a third communication device, includes:
    获取第三信息,所述第三信息包括以下至少一项:第一时间、保持连接的指示信息、离开方式的指示信息、第二离开指示信息、数据处理的指示信息;Acquire third information, where the third information includes at least one of the following: the first time, the instruction information of keeping the connection, the instruction information of the leaving mode, the second instruction information of leaving, and the instruction information of data processing;
    根据所述第三信息,执行第五操作;Perform a fifth operation according to the third information;
    其中,in,
    所述第五操作包括如下至少一项:The fifth operation includes at least one of the following:
    为终端确定连接挂起的配置信息、Determine the configuration information of the terminal for connection suspension,
    为终端确定带挂起指示的释放配置信息、Determine the release configuration information with suspend indication for the terminal,
    确定第二信息、Determine the second information,
    发送所述第二信息、Sending the second information,
    在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内,执行第六操作;Perform the sixth operation within the first time when the terminal leaves the first network;
    其中,in,
    所述第六操作包括如下至少一项:The sixth operation includes at least one of the following:
    保持终端处于连接态或保持终端与第一网络的连接;Keep the terminal in a connected state or keep the terminal connected to the first network;
    停止对终端的数据调度;Stop data scheduling to the terminal;
    停止发送下行数据;Stop sending downlink data;
    挂起终端与所述第一网络的数据传输。Suspend data transmission between the terminal and the first network.
  27. 如权利要求26所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 26, wherein:
    所述第一时间包括以下之一:The first time includes one of the following:
    终端离开第一网络时保持终端处于连接态的时间、The time the terminal stays connected when it leaves the first network,
    终端离开第一网络时保持终端与第一网络连接的时间;The time for the terminal to keep the terminal connected to the first network when it leaves the first network;
    和/或and / or
    所述保持连接的指示信息用于指示以下之一:保持终端处于连接态、保持终端与第一网络的连接;The indication information of maintaining the connection is used to indicate one of the following: maintaining the terminal in a connected state, and maintaining the connection between the terminal and the first network;
    和/或and / or
    所述第二离开指示信息用于指示以下至少一项:终端离开第一网络;The second leaving indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal leaves the first network;
    和/或and / or
    所述数据处理的指示信息用于指示以下至少一项:The data processing instruction information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
    停止对终端的数据调度、停止发送下行数据、挂起终端与第一网络的数据传输。Stop data scheduling for the terminal, stop sending downlink data, and suspend data transmission between the terminal and the first network.
  28. 如权利要求26或27所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 26 or 27, wherein:
    所述保持连接的指示信息和/或所述数据处理的指示信息仅在第三条件下有效;The instruction information for maintaining the connection and/or the instruction information for data processing is only valid under the third condition;
    其中,所述第三条件包括以下之一:Wherein, the third condition includes one of the following:
    终端离开第一网络时、When the terminal leaves the first network,
    第一时间内、Within the first time,
    终端离开第一网络的第一时间内。The first time the terminal leaves the first network.
  29. 如权利要求26所述的方法,其中,所述在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内包括以下之一:在接收所述第三信息后的第一时间内;在发送第一信息后的第一时间内、在目标端接收第一信息后的第一时间内;The method according to claim 26, wherein the first time during which the terminal leaves the first network comprises one of the following: during the first time after receiving the third information; after sending the first information Within the first time, within the first time after the target terminal receives the first information;
    和/或and / or
    第一时间开始时间点包括以下之一:终端离开第一网络的时间点、接收所述第三信息的时间点、发送所述第一信息的时间点、目标端接收第一信息的时间点。The first time starting time point includes one of the following: the time point when the terminal leaves the first network, the time point when the third information is received, the time point when the first information is sent, and the time point when the target terminal receives the first information.
  30. 如权利要求26所述的方法,其中,所述离开方式的指示信息包括以下之一:释放,挂起,带挂起指示的释放。The method according to claim 26, wherein the indication information of the leaving mode includes one of the following: release, suspend, and release with suspend indication.
  31. 如权利要求30所述的方法,其中,所述释放包括以下至少一项:The method of claim 30, wherein said releasing comprises at least one of the following:
    释放终端与第一网络的连接、在第一时间超时后释放终端与第一网络的连接或在第一时间超时后本地释放终端与第一网络的连接;Release the connection between the terminal and the first network, release the connection between the terminal and the first network after the first time expires, or locally release the connection between the terminal and the first network after the first time expires;
    将终端设置为空闲态或在第一时间超时后将终端设置为空闲态;Set the terminal to the idle state or set the terminal to the idle state after the first time expires;
    删除终端上下文;Delete the terminal context;
    和/或and / or
    所述挂起包括以下之一:The suspension includes one of the following:
    挂起终端与第一网络的连接、在第一时间超时后挂起终端与第一网络的连接或在第一时间超时后本地挂起终端与第一网络的连接;Suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network, suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network after the first time expires, or suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network locally after the first time expires;
    将终端设置为非活跃态或在第一时间超时后将终端设置为非活跃态;Set the terminal to an inactive state or set the terminal to an inactive state after the first time expires;
    保留终端上下文;Keep terminal context;
    和/或and / or
    所述带挂起指示的释放包括以下至少一项:The release with suspension indication includes at least one of the following:
    释放终端与第一网络的连接、在第一时间超时后释放终端与第一网络的连接、或在第一时间超时后本地释放终端与第一网络的连接;Releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network, releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network after the first time has expired, or locally releasing the connection between the terminal and the first network after the first time has expired;
    将终端设置为空闲态或在第一时间超时后将终端设置为空闲态;Set the terminal to the idle state or set the terminal to the idle state after the first time expires;
    保留终端上下文。The terminal context is preserved.
  32. 如权利要求29所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 29, wherein:
    所述离开方式的指示信息包括挂起的情况下,所述第一信息还包括连接挂起的配置信息;In a case where the indication information of the leave mode includes suspension, the first information further includes configuration information of connection suspension;
    和/或and / or
    所述离开方式的指示信息包括挂起的情况下,所述第五操作包括为终端确定连接挂起的配置信息;In a case where the indication information of the leave mode includes suspension, the fifth operation includes configuration information for determining the connection suspension for the terminal;
    和/或and / or
    所述离开方式的指示信息包括带挂起指示的释放的情况下,所述第一信息还包括带挂起指示的释放配置信息;In a case where the indication information of the leaving mode includes release with a suspend instruction, the first information further includes release configuration information with a suspend instruction;
    和/或and / or
    所述离开方式的指示信息包括挂起指示的释放的情况下,所述第五操作包括为终端确定挂起指示的释放配置信息。In a case where the indication information of the leaving mode includes the release of the suspension instruction, the fifth operation includes determining the release configuration information of the suspension instruction for the terminal.
  33. 如权利要求26、30或31所述的方法,还包括:The method of claim 26, 30 or 31, further comprising:
    在所述第一时间超时的情况下,根据所述离开方式的指示信息,执行以下至少一项:In the case where the first time has expired, at least one of the following is performed according to the indication information of the leaving mode:
    将终端设置为空闲态或将终端设置为非活跃态;Set the terminal to the idle state or set the terminal to the inactive state;
    本地释放终端与第一网络的连接、本地挂起终端与第一网络的连接或本地释放终端与第一网络的连接但保存终端的上下文。Locally release the connection between the terminal and the first network, locally suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network, or locally release the connection between the terminal and the first network but save the context of the terminal.
  34. 如权利要求26所述的方法,还包括:The method of claim 26, further comprising:
    在所述第一时间超时的情况下,执行以下至少一项:In the case where the first time expires, perform at least one of the following:
    释放终端与第一网络的连接、挂起终端与第一网络的连接或释放终端与第一网络的连接但保存终端的上下文;Release the connection between the terminal and the first network, suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network, or release the connection between the terminal and the first network but save the context of the terminal;
    将终端设置为空闲态或将终端设置为非活跃态;Set the terminal to the idle state or set the terminal to the inactive state;
    本地释放终端与第一网络的连接、本地挂起终端与第一网络的连接或本地释放终端与第一网络的连接但保存终端的上下文。Locally release the connection between the terminal and the first network, locally suspend the connection between the terminal and the first network, or locally release the connection between the terminal and the first network but save the context of the terminal.
  35. 如权利要求26所述的方法,还包括:The method of claim 26, further comprising:
    获取第四信息,所述第四信息用于指示以下至少一项:终端撤销离开所述第一网络,请求恢复对终端数据的调度,请求恢复发送下行数据,请求恢复终端与所述第一网络的数据传输,请求停止对第一时间计时。Obtain fourth information, where the fourth information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal withdraws from leaving the first network, requests to resume scheduling of terminal data, requests to resume sending downlink data, and requests to resume the terminal and the first network Data transmission, request to stop counting the first time.
  36. 如权利要求35所述的方法,还包括:The method of claim 35, further comprising:
    在所述第一时间未超时的情况下,根据所述第四信息执行所述第七操作;In the case where the first time has not expired, execute the seventh operation according to the fourth information;
    所述第七操作包括以下至少一项:The seventh operation includes at least one of the following:
    在终端上下文中删除所述第一信息、Delete the first information in the terminal context,
    在终端上下文中删除所述第三信息、Delete the third information in the terminal context,
    恢复对终端的数据调度,Restore data scheduling to the terminal,
    恢复发送下行数据,Resume sending downlink data,
    恢复终端与所述第一网络的数据传输,Resume data transmission between the terminal and the first network,
    停止对第一时间计时。Stop counting the first time.
  37. 如权利要求26所述的方法,还包括:The method of claim 26, further comprising:
    获取第五信息,所述第五信息用于指示以下至少一项:终端撤销离开所述第一网络,恢复对终端数据的调度,恢复发送下行数据,恢复终端与所述第一网络的数据传输,停止对第一时间计时,删除第三信息的指示信息或第三信息失效的指示信息;Acquire fifth information, where the fifth information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the terminal cancels leaving the first network, resumes scheduling of terminal data, resumes sending downlink data, resumes data transmission between the terminal and the first network , Stop counting the first time, delete the indication information of the third information or the indication information that the third information is invalid;
    根据所述第五信息,执行第八操作;Perform an eighth operation according to the fifth information;
    所述第八操作包括以下至少一项:The eighth operation includes at least one of the following:
    在终端上下文中删除所述第三信息、Delete the third information in the terminal context,
    恢复对终端的数据调度,Restore data scheduling to the terminal,
    恢复发送下行数据,Resume sending downlink data,
    恢复终端与所述第一网络的数据传输,Resume data transmission between the terminal and the first network,
    停止对第一时间计时。Stop counting the first time.
  38. 一种离开网络的控制装置,所述装置应用于第一通信设备,包括:A control device for leaving a network, the device being applied to a first communication device, and comprising:
    获取模块,用于获取第一信息,所述第一信息包括以下至少一项:第一时间、保持连接的指示信息、离开方式的指示信息、连接挂起的配置信息、带挂起指示的释放配置信息、数据处理的指示信息、第二离开指示信息,其中,所述第二离开指示信息用于指示终端离开第一网络;The acquiring module is configured to acquire first information, the first information including at least one of the following: the first time, the instruction information of keeping the connection, the instruction information of the leaving mode, the configuration information of the connection suspension, the release with the suspension instruction Configuration information, data processing instruction information, and second leaving instruction information, where the second leaving instruction information is used to instruct the terminal to leave the first network;
    执行模块,用于在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内,执行第一操作;The execution module is configured to execute the first operation within the first time when the terminal leaves the first network;
    其中,in,
    所述第一操作包括如下至少一项:保持终端处于连接态、保持终端与第一网络的连接、缓存或丢弃上行数据、停止上行数据的调度请求、停止上行数据发送。The first operation includes at least one of the following: maintaining the terminal in a connected state, maintaining the connection between the terminal and the first network, buffering or discarding uplink data, stopping a scheduling request for uplink data, and stopping uplink data transmission.
  39. 一种离开网络的控制装置,所述装置应用于第二通信设备,包括:A control device for leaving the network, the device being applied to a second communication device, and comprising:
    第一获取模块,用于获取第二信息,所述第二信息包括以下至少一项:第二时间、离开网络的指示信息、请求保持连接的指示信息、请求数据处理的指示信息;The first obtaining module is configured to obtain second information, where the second information includes at least one of the following: a second time, indication information to leave the network, indication information requesting to maintain a connection, and indication information requesting data processing;
    执行模块,用于根据获取的第二信息,执行第二操作;The execution module is used to execute the second operation according to the acquired second information;
    其中,in,
    所述第二操作包括如下至少一项:The second operation includes at least one of the following:
    确定第一信息、发送所述第一信息、Determine the first information, send the first information,
    发送所述第二信息、Sending the second information,
    确定第三信息、发送所述第三信息、Determine the third information, send the third information,
    在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内,执行第三操作;Perform the third operation within the first time when the terminal leaves the first network;
    所述第三操作包括如下至少一项:The third operation includes at least one of the following:
    保持终端处于连接态或保持终端与第一网络的连接、Keep the terminal in a connected state or keep the terminal connected to the first network,
    停止对终端的数据调度、Stop data scheduling to the terminal,
    停止发送下行数据、Stop sending downlink data,
    挂起终端与所述第一网络的数据传输、Suspend data transmission between the terminal and the first network,
    发送下行数据所属的业务类型指示信息;Send the indication information of the service type to which the downlink data belongs;
    所述第一信息包括以下至少一项:第一时间、保持连接的指示信息、离开方式的指示信息、连接挂起的配置信息、带挂起指示的释放配置信息、数据处理的指示信息;The first information includes at least one of the following: the first time, the instruction information of keeping the connection, the instruction information of the leave mode, the configuration information of the connection suspension, the release configuration information with the suspension instruction, and the instruction information of data processing;
    所述第三信息包括以下至少一项:第一时间、保持连接的指示信息、离开方式的指示信息、第二离开指示信息、数据处理的指示信息。The third information includes at least one of the following: the first time, the instruction information of keeping the connection, the instruction information of the leaving mode, the second instruction information of leaving, and the instruction information of data processing.
  40. 一种离开网络的控制装置,所述装置应用于第二通信设备,包括:A control device for leaving the network, the device being applied to a second communication device, and comprising:
    第一获取模块,用于获取第三信息,所述第三信息包括以下至少一项:第一时间、保持连接的指示信息、离开方式的指示信息、第二离开指示信息、数据处理的指示信息;The first acquisition module is configured to acquire third information, the third information including at least one of the following: the first time, the instruction information of keeping the connection, the instruction information of the leaving method, the second instruction information of leaving, the instruction information of the data processing ;
    第一执行模块,用于根据所述第三信息,执行第五操作;The first execution module is configured to execute a fifth operation according to the third information;
    其中,in,
    所述第五操作包括如下至少一项:The fifth operation includes at least one of the following:
    为终端确定连接挂起的配置信息、Determine the configuration information of the terminal for connection suspension,
    为终端确定带挂起指示的释放配置信息、Determine the release configuration information with suspend indication for the terminal,
    确定第二信息、Determine the second information,
    发送所述第二信息、Sending the second information,
    在终端离开第一网络的第一时间内,执行第六操作;Perform the sixth operation within the first time when the terminal leaves the first network;
    其中,in,
    所述第六操作包括如下至少一项:The sixth operation includes at least one of the following:
    保持终端处于连接态或保持终端与第一网络的连接;Keep the terminal in a connected state or keep the terminal connected to the first network;
    停止对终端的数据调度;Stop data scheduling to the terminal;
    停止发送下行数据;Stop sending downlink data;
    挂起终端与所述第一网络的数据传输。Suspend data transmission between the terminal and the first network.
  41. 一种通信设备,包括:存储器、处理器及存储在所述存储器上并可在所述处理器上运行的程序或者指令,所述程序或者指令被所述处理器执行时实现如权利要求1至14中任一项所述的离开网络的控制方法中的步骤,或者,所述程序或者指令被所述处理器执行时实现如权利要求15至25中任一项所述的离开网络的控制方法中的步骤,或者,所述程序或者指令被所述处理器执行时实现如权利要求26至37中任一项所述的离开网络的控制方法中的步骤。A communication device, comprising: a memory, a processor, and a program or instruction stored on the memory and capable of being run on the processor, and the program or instruction is executed by the processor to implement claims 1 to Steps in the control method for leaving the network according to any one of 14, or, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor, realize the control method for leaving the network according to any one of claims 15 to 25 Or, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor, the steps in the method for controlling leaving the network according to any one of claims 26 to 37 are realized.
  42. 一种可读存储介质,其中,所述可读存储介质上存储有程序或指令,所述程序或指令被处理器执行时实现如权利要求1至14中任一项所述的离开网络的控制方法中的步骤,或者,所述程序或指令被处理器执行时实现如权利要求15至25中任一项所述的离开网络的控制方法中的步骤,或者,所述程序或指令被处理器执行时实现如权利要求26至37中任一项所述的离开网络的控制方法中的步骤。A readable storage medium, wherein a program or instruction is stored on the readable storage medium, and when the program or instruction is executed by a processor, the control of leaving the network according to any one of claims 1 to 14 is realized The steps in the method, or, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor, the steps in the method for controlling leaving the network according to any one of claims 15 to 25 are realized, or the program or instruction is executed by the processor. When executed, the steps in the method for controlling leaving the network according to any one of claims 26 to 37 are realized.
  43. 一种芯片,包括处理器和通信接口,所述通信接口和所述处理器耦合,所述处理器用于运行程序或指令,实现如权利要求1至14中任一项所述 的离开网络的控制方法中的步骤,或者,实现如权利要求15至25中任一项所述的离开网络的控制方法中的步骤,或者,实现如权利要求26至37中任一项所述的离开网络的控制方法中的步骤。A chip comprising a processor and a communication interface, the communication interface is coupled with the processor, and the processor is used to run a program or an instruction to realize the control of leaving the network according to any one of claims 1 to 14 The steps in the method, or the steps in the control method for leaving the network according to any one of claims 15 to 25, or the control for leaving the network according to any one of claims 26 to 37 Steps in the method.
PCT/CN2021/100595 2020-06-19 2021-06-17 Method and apparatus for controlling leaving network, and communication device WO2021254433A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202010568659.2 2020-06-19
CN202010568659.2A CN113825186B (en) 2020-06-19 2020-06-19 Control method, device and communication equipment for leaving network

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021254433A1 true WO2021254433A1 (en) 2021-12-23

Family

ID=78924686

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/100595 WO2021254433A1 (en) 2020-06-19 2021-06-17 Method and apparatus for controlling leaving network, and communication device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN113825186B (en)
WO (1) WO2021254433A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114980303B (en) * 2022-05-19 2024-04-26 中国电信股份有限公司 System, method and device for maintaining terminal context and electronic equipment

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103369673A (en) * 2012-04-09 2013-10-23 华为技术有限公司 Service notification method, device and system
CN104115454A (en) * 2012-06-27 2014-10-22 联发科技股份有限公司 Enhancement procedure of suspending and resuming UE data in mobile communication networks
CN106341906A (en) * 2015-07-08 2017-01-18 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Network connection processing method and device
CN107872852A (en) * 2016-09-28 2018-04-03 北京信威通信技术股份有限公司 A kind of method that control base station sends downlink data in handoff procedure
WO2018068204A1 (en) * 2016-10-11 2018-04-19 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Data transmission during handover
US20190238278A1 (en) * 2017-02-03 2019-08-01 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Retransmission handling at tti length switch
CN110831108A (en) * 2018-08-10 2020-02-21 维沃移动通信有限公司 Service control method and communication equipment

Family Cites Families (40)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101986679B (en) * 2010-10-21 2013-07-10 意法·爱立信半导体(北京)有限公司 Mobile terminal, electricity-saving method and electricity-saving device
CN102487541A (en) * 2010-12-06 2012-06-06 中兴通讯股份有限公司 UE power saving method and system thereof
CN102421156B (en) * 2011-08-05 2015-07-08 展讯通信(上海)有限公司 Multi-card multi-standby mobile terminal and communication method thereof
CN103124415B (en) * 2011-11-18 2016-06-01 联芯科技有限公司 The solution of repositioning process RANAP conflict in process relevant with other business
CN103139931B (en) * 2011-12-02 2017-11-14 株式会社Ntt都科摩 A kind of method, apparatus for controlling wireless heterogeneous networks connection status and base station
US8725212B2 (en) * 2011-12-12 2014-05-13 Broadcom Corporation Virtual modem suspension handler in multiple SIM user equipment
CN103313420B (en) * 2012-03-15 2018-07-06 中兴通讯股份有限公司 A kind of method, access network device and terminal for discharging terminal links
CN103428673B (en) * 2012-05-24 2018-05-01 展讯通信(上海)有限公司 Mobile terminal and its business scheduling method and device
US9655159B2 (en) * 2012-08-31 2017-05-16 Qualcomm Incorporated Managing guaranteed bit rate quality of service resource allocation based on guaranteed bit rate data activity on a link
EP2944113B1 (en) * 2013-01-09 2019-05-08 Nokia Technologies Oy Improved mobility estimation
CN104113388B (en) * 2013-04-19 2017-06-20 中国移动通信集团公司 The determination method and device of business control signaling expense
CN104144528B (en) * 2013-05-09 2019-04-19 马维尔国际有限公司 It is a kind of for solving the method, equipment and device of multi-mold multi-card conflict
CN104854952B (en) * 2013-06-28 2019-05-24 华为技术有限公司 A kind of control method and equipment of RRC connection
US9578476B2 (en) * 2013-07-09 2017-02-21 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Method and apparatus in a telecommunication system
WO2015042912A1 (en) * 2013-09-29 2015-04-02 富士通株式会社 Method for reporting auxiliary information and device thereof and communication system
CN104811919B (en) * 2014-01-24 2019-01-08 中国移动通信集团公司 A kind of network parameter acquisition methods, device and equipment
CN106302954A (en) * 2015-05-21 2017-01-04 中兴通讯股份有限公司 A kind of method of call transfer and the terminal of support call transfer
EP3352505A4 (en) * 2015-09-18 2019-05-15 Fujitsu Limited Network indication processing device, method and communication system
US10182340B2 (en) * 2015-09-30 2019-01-15 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Profile switching method and terminal
CN106572544A (en) * 2015-10-10 2017-04-19 中国移动通信集团公司 Adaptive radio resource control RRC connection release method and device
WO2017077979A1 (en) * 2015-11-05 2017-05-11 株式会社Nttドコモ User device, base station, and connection establishment method
JP6587001B2 (en) * 2016-02-04 2019-10-09 日本電気株式会社 Wireless terminal and method thereof
WO2017143609A1 (en) * 2016-02-27 2017-08-31 Qualcomm Incorporated Dual sim dual standby mobile communication device releases rrc connection on one subscription based on activities on other subscription
EP3434059B1 (en) * 2016-03-21 2021-05-05 Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson (PUBL) Uplink data indication
EP3244672B1 (en) * 2016-05-09 2020-12-09 HTC Corporation Handling state change of radio resource control
US10887834B2 (en) * 2016-05-12 2021-01-05 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and device for saving power for terminal
SG11201903453XA (en) * 2016-11-04 2019-05-30 Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp Ltd Data transmission method, terminal device and network device
WO2018090274A1 (en) * 2016-11-17 2018-05-24 Qualcomm Incorporated Mobile-assisted circuit switched fall back call rate improvement in multi-sim devices
CN106792638B (en) * 2016-12-14 2019-11-08 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Method for connecting network and terminal
CN108337728B (en) * 2017-01-19 2022-03-18 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Timing advance maintenance method, device and system
EP4277380A3 (en) * 2017-02-03 2024-01-24 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Connection release method and system, and computer readable storage medium
EP3598812B1 (en) * 2017-03-16 2022-02-09 LG Electronics Inc. Notifying a mobility event in a wireless communication system
CN109548099B (en) * 2017-08-15 2021-02-05 华为技术有限公司 Communication method, device and system
CN109819483B (en) * 2017-11-21 2020-09-11 电信科学技术研究院 Special bearer creation method, mobility management entity and packet data network gateway
CN108924817A (en) * 2018-06-28 2018-11-30 维沃移动通信有限公司 A kind of SIM card state switching method and mobile terminal
CN111148138B (en) * 2018-11-02 2022-09-13 维沃移动通信有限公司 Measurement recording, reporting, configuring and acquiring methods, terminal and network equipment
CN111225400A (en) * 2018-11-23 2020-06-02 奇酷互联网络科技(深圳)有限公司 Anti-off-network method, user equipment and device with storage function
CN111182593B (en) * 2019-04-04 2023-08-11 维沃移动通信有限公司 Roaming supporting method and communication equipment
WO2020252796A1 (en) * 2019-06-21 2020-12-24 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Information processing method and apparatus, and computer storage medium
CN110996361B (en) * 2019-12-12 2022-08-09 RealMe重庆移动通信有限公司 Data network switching method and device, mobile terminal and storage medium

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103369673A (en) * 2012-04-09 2013-10-23 华为技术有限公司 Service notification method, device and system
CN104115454A (en) * 2012-06-27 2014-10-22 联发科技股份有限公司 Enhancement procedure of suspending and resuming UE data in mobile communication networks
CN106341906A (en) * 2015-07-08 2017-01-18 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Network connection processing method and device
CN107872852A (en) * 2016-09-28 2018-04-03 北京信威通信技术股份有限公司 A kind of method that control base station sends downlink data in handoff procedure
WO2018068204A1 (en) * 2016-10-11 2018-04-19 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Data transmission during handover
US20190238278A1 (en) * 2017-02-03 2019-08-01 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Retransmission handling at tti length switch
CN110831108A (en) * 2018-08-10 2020-02-21 维沃移动通信有限公司 Service control method and communication equipment

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN113825186B (en) 2023-08-01
CN113825186A (en) 2021-12-21

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11375471B2 (en) Method for performing service request procedure and apparatus therefor in wireless communication system
KR102287842B1 (en) Method of deregistration in wireless communication system and apparatus therefor
CN107371215B (en) Method and equipment for controlling light connection
WO2020147837A1 (en) Information transmission method and communication device
WO2021027835A1 (en) Message transmission method and communication device
US20200337093A1 (en) Method for supporting and providing ladn service in wireless communication system and apparatus therefor
KR20150093566A (en) Apparatus and method for providing service in mobile communication system
WO2010003380A1 (en) A method and system for judging the activation of idle-mode signalling reduction function
WO2021083353A1 (en) Connection processing method and communication device
WO2010003374A1 (en) Method and corresponding terminal for association relationship updating
WO2009094871A1 (en) A method for flushing buffered data of serving gateway
WO2021254433A1 (en) Method and apparatus for controlling leaving network, and communication device
TW201714435A (en) Device and method of handling paging procedure
US20230083832A1 (en) Information indication method and apparatus and communication device
TW201838438A (en) Message transmission control method and device
WO2021249477A1 (en) Multicast service switching method and device
WO2015085545A1 (en) Ps service recovery method, msc/vlr and mme
WO2017206030A1 (en) Communication method, device and system
WO2022068808A1 (en) Information processing method and apparatus, terminal, network-side device, and storage medium
WO2022253235A1 (en) Information processing method and apparatus, communication device, and readable storage medium
WO2022233334A1 (en) Information processing method and apparatus, communication device, and readable storage medium
WO2022068807A1 (en) Information processing method and apparatus, and device and storage medium
WO2022027381A1 (en) Communication method and related device
US20240022880A1 (en) Method and apparatus for triggering non-unicast service operation, and network functions
WO2022206971A1 (en) Information processing method and apparatus, device, and storage medium

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21826306

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21826306

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21826306

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1